toyota rav4 owners manual 2007

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

1

2007 RAV4 from Dec. ’06 Prod. (OM42662U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controlsInstrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering switches overview 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overhead console overview 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster overview 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

2


1. Side defroster outlets

2. Side vents

3. Instrument cluster

4. Center vents

5. Auxiliary box

6. Power door lock switches

7. Power window switches

8. Glove box

9. Automatic transmission selector lever

10. Rear console box

11. A/V input adapter

12. Power outlet (115 VAC)

13. Power outlet (12 VDC)

14. AUX adapter

15. Power rear view mirror control switches

16. Parking brake lever

17. Cup holders

18. Hood lock release lever

19. Window lock switch

Instrument panel overview�View A

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

3


1. Instrument panel light control dial

2. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Four−wheel drive lock switch(four−wheel drive models) or “AUTOLSD” switch (two−wheel drive models)

5. Audio system

6. Emergency flasher switch

7. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light

8. Air conditioning controls

9. Clock display

10. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

11. Power outlet

12. Windshield wiper de−icer switch

13. Seat heater switch

14. Downhill assist control switch

15. Front passenger’s seat belt reminderlight

16. Engine immobilizer system indicatorlight

�View B (with manual air conditioning system)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

4


17. Ignition switch

18. Tilt and telescopic steering lock releaselever

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

5


1. Instrument panel light control dial

2. Headlight, turn signal and front foglight switches

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Four−wheel drive lock switch(four−wheel drive models) or “AUTOLSD” switch (two−wheel drive models)

5. Audio system

6. Emergency flasher switch

7. Front passenger occupant classificationindicator light

8. Air conditioning controls

9. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

10. Clock and air conditioning display

11. Power outlet

12. Windshield wiper de−icer switch

13. Seat heater switch

14. Downhill assist control switch

15. Front passenger’s seat belt reminderlight

16. Engine immobilizer system indicatorlight

�View B (with automatic air conditioning system)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

6


17. Ignition switch

18. Tilt and telescopic steering lock releaselever

19. Power outlet main switch

1. Audio remote control switches

2. Telephone switch

3. Speech command switch

4. Cruise control switch

Without electric moon roof

With electric moon roof

Steering switches overview Overhead console overview

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

7


1. Front personal lights

2. Microphone

3. Auxiliary box

4. Electric moon roof switch

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

8


1. Tachometer

2. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

6. Odometer, two trip meters and outsidetemperature display

7. Trip meter reset knob

Instrument cluster overview

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

9


Brake system warning light∗1

Charging system warning light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Automatic transmission fluid temperaturewarning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1

or

or

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

or

Tire pressure warning light∗1

Vehicle stability control system/traction controlsystem warning light∗1

“4WD” warning light∗1

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

10


∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 127 in Section 1−6.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 166 inSection 1−7.

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Four−wheel drive lock indicator light

Headlight high beam indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Automatic transmission indicator lights(4−speed)

Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1

Slip indicator light

Front fog light indicator light

Headlight indicator light

Tail light indicator light

“AIRBAG ON” and “AIRBAG OFF” indicatorlights

Downhill assist control system indicator light

“AUTO LSD” indicator light

Low windshield washer fluid level warninglight∗1

Electric power steering system warning light∗1

Automatic transmission indicator lights(5−speed)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

11

2007 RAV4 from July ’06 Prod. (ON42621U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobilizer system 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless remote control 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back door 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

12


Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master keys—These keys work in ev-ery lock.

2. Sub key—This key will not work in theglove box.

To protect items locked in the glove boxwhen using valet parking, leave the subkey with the attendant.

Since the side doors can be locked with-out a key, you should always carry aspare key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master keys (black)—These keys workin every lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed one of them to make a new keywith a built−in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key will not workin the glove box.

Keys (without engineimmobilizer system)

Keys (with engine immobilizersystem)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

13


A transponder chip for engine immobilizersystem has been placed in the head ofthe master and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

To protect items locked in the glove boxwhen using valet parking, leave the subkey with the attendant.

Since the side doors can be locked with-out a key, you should always carry aspare key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle. NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after remov-ing other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

14


� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

15


The engine immobilizer system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the ignition switch, thetransponder chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the ignition switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer.

� The indicator light stays on.

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theignition switch.

� The indicator light flashes inconsistent-ly.

Inserting the registered key in the ignitionswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built−in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobilizer sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, proper opera-tion of the system cannot be guaran-teed.

Engine immobilizer system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

16


For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZRI−20BTY

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS−210 ofindustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

1. Indicator light

2. Lock switch

3. Alarm switch

4. Unlock switch

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all the sidedoors and back door or activate thealarm from a distance withinapproximately 1 m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.

When you operate any switch, push itslowly and securely. At this time, the indi-cator light flashes once.

Wireless remote control—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

17


The wireless remote control key is anelectronic component. Observe the follow-ing instructions in order not to cause dam-age to the key.

� Do not leave the key in places wherethe temperature becomes high such ason the dashboard.

� Do not disassemble it.

� Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

� Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 3 wireless remote con-trol keys for the same vehicle. Contactyour Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If the wireless remote control key doesnot actuate the side doors and back dooror alarm, or operate from a normal dis-tance or the indicator on the key isdimmed or does not come on:

� Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the key.

� The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the key. To re-place the battery, see “—Replacing bat-tery” on page 20.

If you lose your wireless remote controlkey, contact your Toyota dealer as soonas possible to avoid the possibility oftheft, or an accident. (See “If you loseyour keys” on page 373 in Section 4.)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.



NOTICE:This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, thereis no guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

18


� Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

� Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

� Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

� Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.


NOTEOperation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

Locking operation

Unlocking operation

To lock and unlock all the doors, pushthe switches of the key slowly and se-curely. At this time, the indicator lighton the key grip flashes once.

To lock: Push the lock switch. All the sidedoors and back door are locked simulta-neously. At this time one beep will beheard, and the turn signal lights flashonce.

Check to see that all the side doors andback door are securely locked.

The beep and flashing turn signal lightscan be disabled. For details, contact yourToyota dealer.

If any of the side doors or the back dooris not securely closed, locking cannot beperformed by the lock switch and a beepwill sound continuously for 10 seconds.However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch, a beep will not sound.

To stop the beep, close all the side doorsand back door securely or push the un-lock switch.

The beep can be disabled. For details,contact your Toyota dealer.

—Locking and unlockingdoors

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

19


To unlock: Push the unlock switch once tounlock the driver’s door alone. Pushingthe switch twice within 3 seconds unlocksall the side doors and back door simulta-neously. Each time the unlock switch ispushed, two beeps will be heard, and theturn signal lights flash twice.

This double switch operation to unlock allthe side doors and back door can bechanged to a single switch operation. Fordetails, contact your Toyota dealer.

When you unlock all the doors using thewireless remote control, the illuminatedentry function will be activated. (For fur-ther information, see “Illuminated entrysystem” on page 119 in Section 1−5.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all theside doors and back door will be automati-cally locked again.

The time before automatic door lock func-tion can be changed. For details, contactyour Toyota dealer.

If the lock or unlock switch is keptpressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-tion is not repeated. Release the switchand then push again.

Pushing the alarm switch blows thehorn intermittently and flashes theheadlights, tail lights and turn signallights and turns on the interior and per-sonal lights.

The alarm switch is used to deter vehicletheft when you witness anyone attemptingto break into or damage your vehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, push any of the switch onthe key. You can also stop the alarm byturning the ignition key from the “LOCK”to “ON” position.

The alarm function does not work whenthe ignition key is in the “ON” position.

This alarm function can be disabled. Fordetails, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Activating alarm

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

20


For replacement, use a CR2016 lithiumbattery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-vent small children from swallowingthe removed battery or components.

NOTICE

� When replacing the battery, be care-ful not to lose the components.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the battery by following theseprocedures:

1. Open the cover using a flathead screw-driver wrapped with plastic tape.

2. Remove the module from the keyframe.

—Replacing battery

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

21


3. Open and remove the battery casecover using a coin.

4. Take out the discharged battery andput in a new battery with the positive(+) side up.

5. Install the battery case cover and theninstall the module into the key frame.Close the cover.

6. When pushing either switch on thewireless key, make sure the indicatorlight comes on.

NOTICE

� Do not bend the terminals.

� Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the battery arefaced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside the transmitter, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

� Be careful not to bend the electrodewhen inserting the battery and thatdust or oils do not adhere to thebattery case.

� Close the battery case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that thekey operates properly. If the key still doesnot operate properly, contact your Toyotadealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

22


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

All the side doors and back door lock andunlock simultaneously with driver’s door.In the driver’s door lock, turning the keyonce will unlock the driver’s door andtwice in succession will unlock all the sidedoors and back door simultaneously.

When the driver’s door is unlocked usingthe key, the illuminated entry system willbe activated. (For further information, see“Illuminated entry system” on page 119 inSection 1−5.)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pullingthe inside handle even if the lock knobsare in the locked position.

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of thedoors while driving. The doors willopen and an accident may occur.Toyota strongly recommends that allchildren be placed in the rear seat ofthe vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

Doors cannot be locked if you leave thekey in the ignition switch.

Side doors

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

23


Driver’s side

Front passenger’s side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on theright side.To unlock: Push the switch down on theleft side.

Operating the switch simultaneously locksor unlocks all the side doors and backdoor.

If you do either of the following, no doorcan be unlocked with the power door lockswitch.

� Lock all the doors with the key or wire-less remote control when all the doorsare closed.

� Open the driver’s door and move theinside lock knobs to the lock position,then close the door.

The power door lock switch can be resetin the following ways.

� Turn the ignition key to “ON”.

� Unlock all the doors with the key orwireless remote control.

� Unlock the driver’s door with the insidelock knob, and then unlock all thedoors with the power door lock switch.

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

When the child−protector is locked, youcannot open the rear door by the insidedoor handle. We recommend using thisfeature whenever small children are in thevehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

24


CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-vent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

The windows can be operated with theswitch on each door. The passengers’windows can also be controlled by theswitches on the driver’s door.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: If the either front dooris closed, they work for 45 seconds evenafter the ignition switch is turned off. Theystop working when the either front door isopened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Automatic operation: Push the switchcompletely down or pull it completely up,and then release it. The window will fullyopen or close. To stop the window part-way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-site direction and then release it.

Jam protection function: During automat-ic closing operation, the window stops andopens half way if something gets caughtbetween the window and window frame.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

Power windows

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

25


If the power window does not operateautomatically or the jam protectionfunction does not operate correctly, youshould normalize the power window.

To normalize the power window:

1. Push down the power window switchand lower the windows fully.

2. Pull up the switch until the windowsclose and hold the switch for a second.

Make sure that the window open andclose automatically. If the power windowscannot be operated properly, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally, as it could re-sult in a death or serious injury.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window is fullyclosed.

Window lockswitch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’WINDOWS

Use the switch on each passenger’sdoor or the switches on the driver’sdoor that control each passenger’s win-dow.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passengers’ windowscannot be operated.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

26


CAUTION

To avoid death or serious personalinjury, you must do the following.

� Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in death or serious in-jury. When anyone closes the powerwindows, make sure he or she op-erates the windows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Be sure to remove the ignition keywhen you leave your vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

To open the back door, pull the handle.

All the side doors and back door lock andunlock simultaneously with the driver’sdoor.

Operating the power door lock switch orwireless remote control key simultaneouslylocks or unlocks the back door. (See“—Locking and unlocking doors” on page18 and “Side doors” on page 22 in thisSection.)

When closing the back door, make sureit is fully closed.

See “—Stowage precautions” on page 331in Section 2 for precautions when loadingluggage.

Back door

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

27


CAUTION

� Keep the back door closed whiledriving. This not only keeps theluggage from being thrown out butalso prevents exhaust gases fromentering the vehicle.

� If the open back door hides thestop, tail or rear turn signal lightswhile you are parked, other roadusers must be warned of the pres-ence of your vehicle by a warningtriangle or other device.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thehood.

Hood

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

28


3. Hold the hood open by inserting thesupport rod into the slot.

To insert the support rod into the slot,move it straight up. If it is moved to theside or toward the inside of the vehicle,it may become detached.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. and return the support rod to itsclip—this prevents rattles. Then lower thehood and make sure it locks into place.If necessary, press down gently on thefront edge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod supportsthe hood securely from falling downon to your head or body.

NOTICE

Be sure to return the support rod toits clip before closing the hood. Clos-ing the hood with the support rod upcould cause the hood to bend.

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

Fuel tank cap

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

29


1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap counterclockwise. Pauseslightly before removing it.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened.

3. The removed cap can be hanged onthe cap hanger.

When installing the cap, turn it clock-wise until one click is heard, in orderto fully close it. The cap returns slight-ly when your hand is released from thecap after closure, however this doesnot cause any problems.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

30


CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is tightened se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage inthe event of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the cap, applyforce only in the turning direction tothe cap. Do not pull or pry it.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use theswitch on the overhead console.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The sun shade can be opened or closedby hand.

Automatic sliding operation—

To open: Push the switch on the “SLIDEOPEN” side.

The roof will open and stop partway 50mm (2.0 in.) from the fully opened posi-tion. When you push the “SLIDE OPEN”side again, the moon roof will open fully.To stop the roof partway, push the switchon either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

As driving with the moon roof opened fullywill cause wind throbs, we recommendyou to drive with the moon roof partway50 mm (2.0 in.) from the fully openedposition.

The sun shade will be opened togetherwith the roof.

To close: Push the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

The roof will fully close automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

Electric moon roof

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

31


Manual sliding operation—

To open the moon roof slightly, quicklypush and release the switch on the“SLIDE OPEN” side.

To close the moon roof slightly, quicklypush and release the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

Automatic tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

To tilt down: Push the switch on the“SLIDE OPEN” side.

The roof will fully tilt up or down automati-cally. To stop the roof partway, push theswitch on either the “SLIDE OPEN” or“TILT UP” side briefly.

Manual tilting operation—

To tilt up the moon roof slightly, quicklypush and release the switch on the “TILTUP” side.

To tilt down the moon roof slightly, quicklypush and release the switch on the“SLIDE OPEN” side.

Key off operation: The moon roof worksfor 45 seconds even after the ignitionswitch is turned off. It stops working wheneither front door is opened.

Jam protection function: If somethinggets caught between the moon roof andframe during closing operation, the moonroof stops and opens half way.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

If the moon roof does not operate auto-matically or the jam protection functiondoes not operate correctly, you shouldnormalize the moon roof.

To normalize the moon roof, push andhold the moon roof switch on the “TILTUP” side until the roof fully tilts up. Thenrelease the switch. Push and hold theswitch on the “TILT UP” side until themoon roof tilts up, tilts down, slides openand then closes automatically.

Make sure that the moon roof opens andcloses automatically. If the moon roof can-not be operated properly, have it checkedby your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To avoid death or serious personalinjury, you must do the following:

� While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the heads, hands and otherparts of the bodies of all occupantsaway from the roof opening. Failureto do so may result in death orserious injury if the vehicle stopssuddenly or if the vehicle is in-volved in an accident.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

32


� Before you close the moon roof,always make sure there is nobodyaround the moon roof. You mustalso make sure nobody places hisor her head, hands and other partsof the body in the roof opening. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in the closing roof, it couldresult in death or serious injury.When anyone closes the moon roof,first make sure it is safe to do so.

� Be sure to remove the ignition keywhen you leave your vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the moon roof switch and gettrapped in the roof opening. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

� Never sit on top of the vehiclearound the roof opening.

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to activate the jam protectionfunction intentionally, as it could re-sult in a death or serious injury.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the moon roof is fullyclosed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

33


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear seats 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flattening seatbacks 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armrest 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS airbags 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

34


While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit ontop of a folded−down seatback, orin the luggage compartment or car-go area. Persons not properlyseated and/or not properly re-strained by seat belts can be killedor severely injured in the event ofemergency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow anypassengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Otherwise,death or severe injuries can occurin the event of emergency brakingor a collision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your driver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

� Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

� Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non−slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

� If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

SeatsFront seats— —Front seat precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

35


Front passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS front passenger airbag alsodeploys with considerable force, andcan cause death or serious injury es-pecially if the front passenger is veryclose to the airbag. The front passen-ger seat should be as far from theairbag as possible with the seatbackadjusted, so the front passenger sitsupright.

Front seats (with SRS side airbags)

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed inthe driver and front passenger seats.Observe the following precautions.

� Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use, sincethe side airbag inflates with consid-erable speed and force. Otherwise,you may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the area where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats equippedwith side airbags. Such change mayprevent the side airbag system fromactivating correctly, disable the sys-tem or cause the side airbags toinflate accidentally, resulting indeath or serious injury.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position,try sliding it forward and backwardto make sure it is locked in posi-tion.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushyour body back against the seat tomake sure the seat is locked inposition.

� Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat−lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, yourhands or fingers may be caught andinjured.

—Seat adjustment precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

36


Driver’s seat Passenger’s seat

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTING LEVER

Pull up or push down the lever.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

—Adjusting front seats(manual seat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

37


CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor serious injury.

1. SEAT POSITION, SEAT CUSHIONANGLE AND SEAT HEIGHTADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats, as this might interfere with the seatmovement.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

—Adjusting front seats (powerseat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

38


CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat belts pro-vide maximum protection in a frontalor rear collision when the driver andthe front passenger are sitting upstraight and well back in the seats. Ifyou are reclined, the lap belt mayslide past your hips and apply re-straint forces directly to the abdomenor your neck may contact the shoul-der belt. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of deathor serious injury.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the control switch on either side.

The amount of lumbar support will changewhile the switch is pushed.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving.

� Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

� Adjust both seat cushions to thesame position and align all seat-backs at the same angle when aperson sits in the rear center posi-tion. Otherwise, the person cannotwear the seat belt properly and thismay cause death or serious injuriesin a collision.


� After adjusting the seatback, pushback your body to make sure theseat is locked in position.

� When returning seats to their origi-nal position, observe the followingprecautions in order to preventdeath or serious injury in a colli-sion or sudden stop:

Make sure the seat is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught under the seatand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

Folding down the seats will enlarge theluggage compartment. See “—Stowageprecautions” on page 331 in Section 2 forprecautions when loading luggage.

Rear seats——Rear seat precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

39


Without third seat With third seat

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

When a person sits in the rear centerposition, adjust both seat cushions tothe same position.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVERS

Pull down the lever. Then lean back tothe desired angle and release the lever.

When a person sits in the rear centerposition, align all seatbacks at thesame angle.

—Adjusting rear/second seats

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

40


CAUTION

� Adjustments should not be madewhile the vehicle is moving.

� Adjust both seat cushions to thesame position and align all seat-backs at the same angle when aperson sits in the rear center posi-tion. Otherwise, the person cannotwear the seat belt properly and thismay cause death or serious injuriesin a collision.

� Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thepassengers are sitting up straightand well back in the seats. If youare reclined, the lap belt may slidepast your hips and apply restraintforces directly to the abdomen oryour neck may contact the shoulderbelt. In the event of a frontal colli-sion, the more the seat is reclined,the greater the risk of death or ser-ious injury.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushback your body to make sure it islocked in position.


For easy access to the third seat fromright side, do this.

Pull down the lever and fold the seat-back. The seat will slide forward.

After passengers are in, lift up the seat-back and return the seat to the originalposition.

CAUTION

After putting back the seat, try push-ing the seat forward and rearward tomake sure it is secured in place.

—Moving second seat forthird seat entry

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

41


BEFORE FOLDING DOWNREAR/SECOND SEATS

1. If the center seat belt is connected,release it to prevent damage.

Insert the key into the hole on thebuckle to release the tab, and allow thebelt to retract.

2. Insert the tabs of the center seatbelt into the cover. Make sure thetabs are securely locked in the cov-er.

NOTICE

The seat belt tabs must be stowedbefore you fold the seatback.

3. Make sure the outer seat belt passesthrough the hanger when folding therear/second seat.

This prevents the shoulder belt from beingdamaged.

CAUTION

The seat belt must be removed fromthe hanger when the seat belt is inuse.

—Fold−down rear/secondseats

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

42


4. Stow the rear/second seat beltbuckles as shown in the illustration.

This prevents the buckles from falling outwhen you fold down the rear/second seat.

CAUTION

Before using the seat belt, pull outthe buckle and make sure the belt isnot twisted.

NOTICE

The seat belt buckles must be stowedbefore you fold the seatback.

FOLDING DOWN REAR/SECOND SEATS

1. Hold the center of the lever and pullit up. Then slide the rear seat fullybackward and pull it forward slightlyuntil it locks.

2. Lower the head restraint to the low-est position.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

43


3. Raise the armrest until it locks. 4. Pull down the seatback angle adjust-ing lever and fold down the seat-back.

Left side

Right side

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

44


Without third seats—The rear seat can be folded down forthe luggage compartment. Open theback door and pull the lock release le-ver to fold down the rear seat.

Before folding down the rear seat, slidethe rear seat fully backward and pull itforward slightly until it locks. Then raisethe armrest until it locks.

Folding down the seats will enlarge theluggage compartment. See “—Stowageprecautions” on page 331 in Section 2 forprecautions when loading luggage.

CAUTION

Do not fold the rear seatback whenthe rear passengers sit on the rearseats or the luggage is placed on theseat. Make sure that no passengersor luggage are on the rear seats.

RETURNING SEATBACKS

Raise the seatback until it locks.

CAUTION

Do not allow passengers to ride onthe folded seat or in the luggagecompartment while driving; use theseat in its normal position.

When returning the seatback to theupright position, observe the follow-ing precautions in order to preventserious injury in a collision or sud-den stop:

� Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

45


BEFORE FOLDING DOWN THIRD SEATS

1. Stow the third seat belt buckles asshown in the illustration.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the seat beltbuckles, they must be stowed beforeyou fold down the seatback.

2. Pass the third seat belts through thehangers.

This prevents the shoulder belt from beingdamaged.

CAUTION

The seat belt must be removed fromthe hanger when the seat belt is inuse.

STOWING THIRD SEATS

1. Lower the head restraint to the low-est position.

—Stowing third seats forluggage space

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

46


2. Pull the seatback lock release strapto fold down the seatback. Makesure it is locked securely.

3. Pull and hold the seat lock releasestrap and lift up the seat rearward.Then push the seat down.

If the seat does not lift up when the seatlock release strap is pulled, lift the seat-back by pulling the seatback lock releasestrap, and push the seatback down again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

47


4. Push the seat on the front sideagainst the floor and push the seaton rear side against the floor. Makesure it is locked securely.

RETURNING THIRD SEATS

1. Pull and hold the seat lock releasestrap, then lift up the seat forward.Push the seat down. Push the seaton the rear side against the floorand push the seat on the front side.Make sure it is locked securely.

If the seat does not lift up when the seatlock release strap is pulled, lock the seat-back again.

To lock the seatback, lift the seatback bypulling the seatback lock release strapand push the seatback down.

2. Pull the seatback lock release strapand raise the seatback.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

48


CAUTION

When stowing or returning the seat,observe the following precautions inorder to prevent death or serious in-jury:

� Make sure the seat is free of peopleor luggage. Then, hold the seat andslowly move it. Otherwise, peoplemay be injured or luggage may bedamaged if the seat hits them.

� Be careful not to get your hands orfeet pinched in the seat.

� Do not stow and return the seatswhen you are inside the vehicle inorder to prevent pinching yourhands or feet in the seat. Be sureto stow and return the seats fromoutside the vehicle.

When returning seats to their originalposition, observe the following pre-cautions in order to prevent death orserious injury in a collision or sud-den stop:

� Make sure the seat is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback orby trying to pull up the edge of thebottom cushion. Failure to do sowill prevent the seat belt from oper-ating properly.

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

1. Hold the center of the lever and pullit up. Then slide the rear/secondseats fully backward and pull it for-ward slightly until it locks.

Flattening seatbacks (manual seat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

49


2. Remove the front head restraint.Hold the center of the lever and pullit up. Then slide the front seat fur-ther forward than the front−mostlock position.

3. Pull the seatback angle adjusting le-ver up to unlock and push down theseatback.

When returning the seatback to the up-right position, be careful not to makeyourself hit by the seatback which willbound with considerable spring force.

After returning the seat to its originalposition, be certain to replace the headrestraint.

CAUTION

� Do not allow passengers to ride onthe flattened seat while driving; usethe seat in the normal position.

� After returning the seat to its origi-nal position, try pushing the seatand seatback forward and rearwardto make sure it is secured in place.Be certain to replace head restraint.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

50


1. Hold the center of the lever and pullit up. Then slide the rear/secondseats fully backward and pull it for-ward slightly until it locks.

2. Remove the front head restraint.Push the seat position adjustingswitch forward to slide the seat tothe front−most position.

3. Move the seatback angle adjustingswitch backward to flatten the seat-back.

After returning the seat to its originalposition, be certain to replace the headrestraint.

—Flattening seatbacks (power seat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

51


CAUTION

� Do not allow passengers to ride onthe flattened seat while driving; usethe seat in the normal position.

� After putting back the seat, trypushing the seat and seatback for-ward and rearward to make sure itis secured in place. Be certain toreplace the head restraint.

To use the armrest, lower the centerhead restraint. Pull the strap and pullthe armrest down.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the armrest,avoid putting heavy loads on it.

Front seats

Rear/second seats

Armrest Head restraints

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

52


Third seats

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

The rear head restraints—When an occu-pant sits on the rear seats, always pull upthe head restraint to the lock position.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

To turn on the seat heater, push theswitches (“L” switch for the left frontseat and “R” switch for the right frontseat). At this time, the indicator lightwill illuminate to indicate the seat heat-er is operating.

To turn off the seat heater, push theswitch once again.

The key must be in the “ON” position tooperate seat heaters.

Seat heaters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

53


CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-erating the seat heater because itmay make them feel too hot or causeburns at low temperatures (erythema,varicella). Use extra caution for;

� Babies, small children, elderly per-sons, sick persons or persons withphysical disabilities

� Persons who have sensitive skin

� Persons who are exhausted

� Persons who have taken alcohol ordrugs which induce sleep (sleepingdrug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, donot use the seat heater with a blan-ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-jects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

� Do not put unevenly weighed ob-jects on the seat and do not sticksharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)into the seat.

� When cleaning the seats, do notuse organic substances (paint thin-ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,etc.). They may damage the heaterand seat surface.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, turn the switch offwhen the engine is not running.

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”on page 85 in this Section for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

54


Do not allow any children to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. Holding a child in your armsdoes not provide sufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer death or serious bodily inju-ry, in the event of sudden braking ora collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� Avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the front passenger aresitting up straight and well back inthe seats. If you are reclined, thelap belt may slide past your hipsand apply restraint forces directlyto the abdomen or your neck maycontact the shoulder belt. In theevent of a frontal co llision, themore the seat is reclined, the great-er the risk of death or serious inju-ry.

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or side doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belts—they mayseverely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” on page 379in Section 5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

55


Tab

Buckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 85 in this Section.) Tofree the belt again, fully retract the beltand then pull the belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

—Fastening front and rearseat belts

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

56


CAUTION

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon hips as possible.

� Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your s houlder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causedeath or serious injuries in a colli-sion.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

57


To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

REAR/SECOND CENTER SEAT BELT

The rear/second center seat belt is a3−point type restraint with 2 buckles. Bothseat belt buckles must be correctly lo-cated and securely latched for proper op-eration.

Make sure that buckle 1 is securelylatched for ready use of the center seatbelt.

Two buckles and tabs for rear/secondcenter seat belt

The two tabs have different shape for itsend so that the belt is not buckled in thewrong place.

Buckle 1—Properly matches with hookend tabBuckle 2—Properly matches with roundend tab

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

58


CAUTION

Make sure the both buckles are cor-rectly located and securely latched.Failure to properly match the buckleand tab may cause death or severeinjury in case of an accident or acollision.

To release the hook end tab, insert thekey into the hole on the buckle and allowthe belt to retract.

CAUTION

Do not use the rear/second centerseat belt with either buckle released.Fastening only the shoulder belt orlap belt may cause death or severepersonal injury in case of suddenbraking or a collision.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

59


Rear/second seat belt buckles

Third seat belt buckles

The rear seat belt buckles can bestowed when not in use.

The seat belt buckles must be stowedbefore you fold the seatback.

CAUTION

Before using the seat belt, pull outthe buckle and make sure the belt isnot twisted.

STOWING THE REAR/SECOND CENTERSEAT BELT

Insert the tabs of the center seat beltinto the cover as shown above. Makesure the tabs are securely locked in thecover.

The seat belt must be stowed before youfold the seatback.

NOTICE

Stow the rear/second center seat beltwhen not in use.

—Stowing the rear seat beltbuckles

—Stowing the rear/secondcenter seat belt

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

60


If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-curely because they are not long enough,a personalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer toorder the proper required length for theextender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-pect to wear for proper measurement andselection of length. Additional ordering in-formation is available at your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofdeath or serious injury.

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, foranother person, or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended.

� If the seat belt extender has beenconnected to the driver’s seat beltbuckle without wearing the seat beltwhen using the extender in thedriver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-bag system will judge that the driv-er wears the seat belt even if notwearing it. In this case, the driver’sairbag may not activate correctly,causing death or serious injury inthe event of collision. Be sure towear the seat belt with the seat beltextender.

� Make sure the “AIRBAG ON”indicator light is illuminated whenusing the seat belt extender for thefront passenger seat. If the“AIRBAG OFF” indicator light isilluminated, disc onnect the extendertongue from the seat belt buckle,then reconnect the seat belt.Reconnect the seat belt extenderafter making sure the “AIRBAG ON”indicator light is illuminated. If youuse the seat belt extender while the“AIRBAG OFF” indicator light isilluminated, the front p assengerairbag and side airbag on the frontpassenger side may not activatecorrectly, causing death or seriousinjury in the event of collision.

� Be sure to wear the seat belt with-out the seat belt extender if youcan fasten the seat belt without theextender.

—Seat belt extender

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

61


� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

As far as the seat belt extender on thefront passenger side is concerned, do notfail to disconnect the extender from theseat belt after the above operation in or-der to activate the front passenger airbagcorrectly when getting into the vehiclenext time.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt and the seat belt extend-er are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from death or seriousinjury.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

62


Vehicles without curtain shield air-bags—The driver and front passengerseat belt pretensioners are designed tobe activated in response to a severefrontal impact.

Vehicles with curtain shield airbags—The driver and front passenger seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact or a vehicle roll over.

Vehicles without curtain shield airbags—When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact, the front seat belts are quicklydrawn back by the retractors so that thebelts snugly restrain the occupants.

Vehicles with curtain shield airbags—Whenthe sensor detects a severe frontal impactor a vehicle roll over, the front seat beltsare quickly drawn back by the retractorsso that the belts snugly restrain the occu-pants.

The front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er will not activate if no passenger isdetected in the front passenger seat bythe front passenger occupant classificationsystem. However, the front passenger’sseat belt pretensioner may activate if lug-gage is put on the seat, or the seat beltis buckled up regardless of the presenceof an occupant in the seat. (As for thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem, see “—Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 81 in thisSection.)

The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-bags may not operate together in all colli-sions.

The seat belt pretensioner system con-sists mainly of the following componentsand their locations are shown in the il-lustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. “AIRBAG ON” and “AIRBAG OFF” indi-cator lights

4. Front passenger occupant classificationsystem (ECU and sensors)

5. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

6. Front passenger’s seat belt buckleswitch

7. Airbag sensor assembly

—Seat belt pretensioners

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

63


The seat belt pretensioners are controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated, an operating noise may be heardand a small amount of non−toxic gas maybe released. This does not indicate thata fire is occurring. This gas is normallyharmless.

Once the seat belt pretensioners havebeen activated, the seat belt retractorsremain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe seat belt pretensioner assemblies,airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instruc-tions may prevent the seat belt pre-tensioners from activating correctly,cause sudden operation of the systemor disable the system, which couldresult in death or serious injury. Con-sult your Toyota dealer about any re-pair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theseat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two−way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the seat belt pretensioners areoperating properly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

64


This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, “AIRBAG ON” indicatorlight, “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light, frontpassenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seatbelt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, in-terconnecting wiring and power sources.(For details, see “Service reminder indica-tors and warning buzzers” on page 127 inSection 1−6.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on for more than 6seconds.

� The light comes on while driving.

� If any seat belt does not retract orcannot be pulled out due to a malfunc-tion or activation of the relevant seatbelt pretensioner.

� The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area has been damaged.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe seat belt pretensioners to operate.

� Either seat belt pretensioner assemblyor surrounding area is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCEDAIRBAGS” designed based on US motorvehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). Theairbag system controls airbag deploymentpower for the driver and front passenger.The driver airbag system consists of thedriver seat’s position sensor etc. The frontpassenger’s airbag system consists of thefront passenger occupant classificationsensor etc.

SRS airbags——SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

65


In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work with the seatbelts to help reduce injury by inflating.The SRS front airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or front passenger’shead or chest caused by hitting the ve-hicle interior.

The SRS front passenger airbag will notactivate if there is no passenger sitting inthe front passenger seat. However, thefront passenger airbag may deploy if lug-gage is put in the seat, or the seat beltis buckled up, regardless of the presenceof an occupant in the seat. (As for thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem, see “—Front passenger occupantclassification system” on page 81 in thisSection.)

Always wear your seat belt properly.

CAUTION

� The SRS front airbag system is de-signed only as a supplement to theprimary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems.The driver and front passenger canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 53 in this Section.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” on page 85 in thisSection.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

66


The SRS front airbags are designed todeploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-sions where the magnitude and durationof the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle exceeds the designed thresholdlevel.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen the vehicle has the impact straightinto a fixed barrier that does not move ordeform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS front airbags and theseat belt pretensioners may not activatetogether.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision. But, when ever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS front airbags mayoccur.

Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard surface

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS front airbags may also deployif a serious impact occurs to the under-side of your vehicle. Some examplesare shown in the illustration.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

67


The SRS front airbag system consistsmainly of the following components, andtheir locations are shown in the illustra-tion.

1. Front airbag sensors



4. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)



7. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

8. Driver’s seat position sensor


10. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

The front airbag sensors constantly moni-tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.If an impact results in a forward decelera-tion beyond the designed threshold level,the system triggers the airbag inflators. Atthis time a chemical reaction in the infla-tors very quickly fills the airbags withnon−toxic gas to help restrain the forwardmotion of the occupants. The front airbagsthen quickly deflate, so that there is noobstruction of the driver’s vision should itbe necessary to continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

68


CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Front seat precautions” on page34 in this Section.

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since thefront passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Anyone who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

� Toyota strongly recommends that allinfants and children be placed inthe rear seat of the vehicle and beproperly restrained.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 85 in this Sec-tion.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

69


� Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the front airbag sys-tem. They might restrict inflation orcause death or serious injury asthey are projected rearward by theforce of the deploying airbags. Like-wise, the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the front passenger airbag,front passenger airbag or airbagsensor assembly. Doing so may pre-vent the front airbag system fromactivating correctly, cause suddenactivation of the system or disablethe system, which could result indeath or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with physical disability, con-sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-gerously interfere with the SRS frontairbags operation.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

70


This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS front airbags are oper-ating properly.





The SRS warning light and “AIRBAG OFF”indicator light will come on if there is amalfunction in the front passenger occu-pant classification system.


� The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor dashboard (shaded in the illustra-tion) is scratched, cracked, or other-wise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

71


The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-bags are designed to provide furtherprotection for the driver, front passen-ger and rear/second passengers in addi-tion to the primary safety protectionprovided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbag and curtain shield airbagsin the impacted side work with the seatbelts to help reduce injury by inflating.The SRS side airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or front passenger’schest. The SRS curtain shield airbagshelp reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,front passenger’s or rear/second passen-ger’s head and help prevent them frombeing thrown out of the vehicle.

The SRS side airbag on the passengerseat will not activate if there is no pas-senger sitting in the front passenger seat.However, the side airbag on the passen-ger seat may deploy if luggage is put inthe seat, or the seat belt is buckled upregardless of the presence of the occu-pant in the seat. (As for the front passen-ger occupant classification system, see“—Front passenger occupant classificationsystem” on page 81 in this Section.)

The SRS curtain shield airbag on the pas-senger side are activated even with nopassenger in the front seat or rear/secondoutside seat.

Roll sensing function:In response to a vehicle rollover, the cur-tain shield airbags on both sides workwith the seat belts to help reduce injuryby inflating. The curtain shield airbagshelp reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s,front passenger’s or rear/second passen-ger’s head and help prevent them frombeing thrown out of the vehicle.

The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti-vate even when the side airbags are notactivated.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

—SRS side airbags andcurtain shield airbags

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

72


CAUTION

� The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver, frontpassenger and rear/second outsidepassenger seat belt systems. To en-sure maximum protection in an ac-cident, the driver and all passen-gers in the vehicle must wear theirseat belts properly. Wearing a seatbelt properly during an accident re-duces the chances of death or seri-ous injury or being thrown out ofthe vehicle. For instructions andprecautions concerning the seatbelt system, see “Seat belts” onpage 53 in this Section.

� Do not allow anyone to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the door or the area of theseat, front p illar, rear pillar or roofside rails from which the SRS sideairbag and curtain shield airbagdeploy even if he/she is a childseated in the child restraint system.It is dangerous if the SRS side air-bag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact of the deploy-ing airbag could cause death or se-rious injury to the occupant.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seats of the vehicle and prop-erly restrained. The rear seats arethe safest for infants and children.For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page85 in this Section.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

73


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system may not activate if thevehicle is subjected to a collision fromthe side at certain angles, or a collisionto the side of the vehicle body otherthan the passenger compartment asshown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside.


Collision from the rear

Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags are not generallydesigned to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a front or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed side collision.

The curtain shield airbags may not acti-vate if the vehicle is subjected to acollision from the side at certainangles, or a collision to the side of thevehicle body other than the passengercompartment as shown in the illustra-tion.

The curtain shield airbags are designed toinflate when the passenger compartmentarea suffers a severe impact from theside or vehicle rollover.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

74


The angle ofvehicle tip−upis marginal

Skidding vehiclehitting a curbstone

The curtain shield airbags may inflateif the angle of vehicle tip−up is margin-al or if the skidding vehicle’s tires hita curb stone laterally as shown in theillustration.

Collision fromthe front Collision from

the rear

Pitch end over end

The curtain shield airbags are not gen-erally designed to inflate if the vehicleis involved in a front or rear collision,if it pitches end over end, or if it isinvolved in a low−speed side collision.

Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard surface

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS side and curtain shield airbagsmay deploy if a serious impact occursto the underside of your vehicle. Someexamples are shown in the illustration.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

75


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system consists mainly of the fol-lowing components, and their locations areshown in the illustration.



3. Curtain shield airbag modules(airbag and inflator)


5. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

6. Curtain shield airbag sensors

7. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors



The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system is controlled by the airbagsensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-sembly consists of a safing sensor andairbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side andcurtain shield airbag sensor and/or thecurtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) theside airbag inflators and/or the curtainshield airbag inflators. At this time achemical reaction in the inflators quicklyfills the airbags with non−toxic gas to helprestrain the lateral motion of the occu-pants.

In a vehicle rollover, the airbag sensorassembly triggers the curtain shield airbaginflator. At this time, a chemical reactionin the inflators quickly fills the airbagswith non−toxic gas to help restrain thelateral motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non−toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the frontand rear pillars, front, center and reargarnish and roof interior may be hot forseveral minutes, but the airbags them-selves will not be hot. The airbags aredesigned to inflate only once.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

76


CAUTION

SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags inflate with considerableforce. To reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury when they in-flate, the driver, front passenger andrear/second outside passengers must:

� Wear their seat belts properly.

� Remain properly seated with theirbacks upright and against the seatsat all times.

Improper sitting and wearing of theseat belts may not retain you insidethe vehicle.

� Do not allow anyone to lean againstthe door when the vehicle is in use,since the side airbag and curtainshield airbag could inflate with con-siderable speed and force. Other-wise, he/she may be killed or seri-ously injured. Special care shouldbe taken especially when you havea small child in the vehicle.

� Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of theseats with a side airbag, and to thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail with a curtain shield airbag.

� Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead closer to the area where theside airbag and curtain shield air-bag inflate, since these airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

77


� Do not allow anyone to kneel onthe passenger seat, facing the pas-senger’s side door, since the sideairbag and curtain shield airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

� Do not allow anyone to get his/herhead or hands out of windowssince the curtain shield airbagscould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, he/shemay be killed or seriously injured.Special care should be taken espe-cially when you have a small childin the vehicle.

� Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be thrown withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold objects in theirarms or on their knees.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

78


� Do not attach a microphone or anyother device or object near the areawhere the curtain shield airbag acti-vates such as on the windshieldglass, side door glass, front, centerand roof side garnish. When thecurtain shield airbag inflates, themicrophone or other device or ob-ject will be thrown away with greatforce or the curtain shield airbagmay not activate correctly, resultingin death or serious injury.

� Do not hook a hanger, heavy orsharp pointed objects on the coathook. If the curtain shield airbaginflates, those items will be thrownaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury. When you hang clothes,hang them on the coat hook direct-ly.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the seats with sideairbags. Such changes may preventthe side airbag system from activat-ing correctly, disable the system orcause the side airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, resulting in death or seri-ous injury.

� Do not disassemble or repair thefront, center and roof side garnishcontaining the curtain shield air-bags. Such changes may disablethe system or cause the curtainshield airbags to inflate accidental-ly, resulting in death or serious in-jury.

� Do not modify or change the sus-pension system. Such changes maycause the curtain shield airbags toinflate accidentally, which could re-sult in death or serious injury.

� Do not use tires or wheels otherthan the manufacturer’s recom-mended size. Such a use may causethe curtain shield airbags to inflateaccidentally, which could result indeath or serious injury. For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 404 in Section 7−2.

� Do not place luggage heavier thanspecified on the roof luggage carri-er. Such luggage may cause thecurtain shield airbags to inflate ac-cidentally, which could result indeath or serious injury. For details,see “Roof luggage carrier” on page301 in Section 1−10.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

79


Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

If you wish to modify your vehicle fora person with physical disability, con-sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-gerously interfere with the SRS sideairbags and curtain shield airbags op-eration.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system in some cases.



� Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

� Repairs made on or near the con-sole or front seat

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags are operating properly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

80



If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.





� Any of the SRS side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags have been inflated.

� The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags to inflate.

� The surface of the seats with the sideairbag (shaded in the illustration) isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

� The portion of the front, center androof side garnish containing the curtainshield airbags inside (shaded in theillustration) is scratched, cracked, orotherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

81


Your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem. This system detects the conditions1—4 in the table on page 83 and basedon these conditions activates or deacti-vates the following systems;

� Front passenger airbag

� Side airbag on the front passengerseat

� Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-er

The system monitors the weight andload on the front passenger seat, andthe seat belt buckle switch to determineconditions 1—4.

In order for the system to detect theconditions correctly, do not do any ofthe following:

� Apply a heavy load to the front pas-senger seat or equipment (e.g. seat-back pocket).

� Attach a commercial seatback table,etc. to the front passenger seatback.

� Put weight on the front passenger seatby putting your hands or feet on theseatback from the rear passenger seat.

The “AIRBAG ON” and “AIRBAG OFF”indicator lights indicate the actuation ofthe front passenger airbag, side airbagon the front passenger seat and frontpassenger’s seat belt pretensioner.

The “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light will beilluminated when the ignition switch is inthe “ON” position with the condition 2 inthe table shown below.

If the front passenger occupant classifica-tion system determines that a person ofadult size sits in the front passenger seatbut the “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light isilluminated, one of the following is likelyto have occurred:

� A rear passenger lifts the front passen-ger seat cushion with their legs.

� Objects are placed under the front pas-senger seat.

� The front passenger seatback is incontact with the rear/second seat.

To ensure the system correctly detects anadult sitting in the front passenger seat,make sure the above do not occur.

Make sure that the “AIRBAG ON” indicatorlight is illuminated when an adult isseated in the front passenger seat. If the“AIRBAG OFF” indicator light is illumina-ted, ask the passenger to sit up straight,well back in the seat, and with the seatbelt worn correctly. If the “AIRBAG OFF”indicator light still remains illuminated, ei-ther ask the passenger to move to therear seat, or if that is not possible, movethe front passenger seat fully rearward.

—Front passenger occupantclassification system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

82


The “AIRBAG ON” and “AIRBAG OFF”indicator lights will be illuminated ini-tially when the ignition key is turned tothe “ON” position. After about four sec-onds, they will go off. After that, thefront passenger occupant classificationsystem operates and judges which indi-cator light be illuminated.

The SRS warning light and “AIRBAGOFF” indicator light will come on ifthere is a malfunction in the front pas-senger occupant classification system.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

83


Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

Indicator/warning light Devices

Condition detected bythe front passenger

occupant classificationsystem

“AIRBAG ON”and “AIRBAG

OFF”indicator

lights

SRS warninglight

Frontpassenger’s

seat beltreminder light

Frontpassenger

airbag

Side airbagon the frontpassenger

seat

Curtain shieldairbag in the

frontpassenger

side

Frontpassenger’s

seat beltpretensioner

1. Adult∗1 “AIRBAG ON” Off Flashing∗4 Activated

2. Child∗2 or childrestraint system∗3

“AIRBAGOFF”∗5 Off Flashing∗4 Deactivated Activated

3. Unoccupied Notilluminated

Off Off DeactivatedActivated

Deactivated

4. There is amalfunction in thesystem

“AIRBAGOFF”

On Off Deactivated Activated

∗1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system mayrecognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

∗2: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.

∗3: Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only beinstalled on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 85 in this Section as for installing thechild restraint system.)

∗4: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.∗5: In case the indicator is not illuminated, see “Child Restraint” on page 85 as for installing the child restraint system properly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

84


CAUTION

To avoid potential death or seriousinjury when the front passenger occu-pant classification system does notdetect the conditions correctly, ob-serve the following.

� Make sure the “AIRBAG ON” indica-tor light is illuminated when usingthe seat belt extender for the frontpassenger seat. If the “AIRBAGOFF” indicator light is illuminated,disconnect the extender tonguefrom the seat belt buckle, then re-connect the seat belt. Reconnectthe seat belt extender after makingsure the “AIRBAG ON” indicatorlight is illuminated. If you use theseat belt extender while the “AIR-BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-nated, the front passenger airbagand side airbag on the front pas-senger side may not activate cor-rectly, which could cause death orserious injury in the event of colli-sion.

� Do not recline the front passengerseatback so far that it touches arear/second seat. This may causethe “AIRBAG OFF” indicator to beilluminated, which indicates that thepassenger’s airbags will not deployin the event of a severe accident.If the seatback touches the rear/second seat, return the seatback toa position where it does nottouches the rear/second seat.

Keep the front passenger seatbackas upright as possible when the ve-hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-back excessively may lessen the ef-fectiveness of the seat belt system.

� If an adult sits in the front passen-ger seat, the “AIRBAG ON” indica-tor light should be illuminated. Ifthe “AIRBAG OFF” indicator is illu-minated, ask the passenger to situp straight, well back in the seat,feet on the floor, and with the seatbelt worn correctly. If the “AIRBAGOFF” indicator still remains illumi-nated, either ask the passenger tomove to the rear/second seat, or ifthat is not possible, move the frontpassenger seat fully rearward.

� Wear the seat belt properly.

� Make sure the front passenger’sseat belt tab has not been left in-serted into the buckle before some-one sits in the front passengerseat.

� Do not apply a heavy load to thefront passenger seat or equipment(e.g. seatback pocket).

� Do not put weight on the front pas-senger seat by putting your handsor feet on the front passenger seatseatback from the rear/second pas-senger seat.

� Do not let a rear/second passengerlift the front passenger seat withtheir feet or press on the seatbackwith their legs.

� Do not put objects under the frontpassenger seat.

� Child restraint systems installed onthe rear/second seat should notcontact the front seatbacks.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

85


� When it is unavoidable to install theforward−facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat,install the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat in theproper order. (As for the installationorder, see “—Installation with seatbelt” on page 88 in this Section.)

� Do not remove the front seats.

� Do not kick the front passengerseat or subject it to severe impact.Otherwise, the SRS warning lightmay come on to indicate a malfunc-tion of the detection system. In thiscase, contact your Toyota dealer im-mediately.

The “AIRBAG ON” indicator light may beilluminated (the front passenger airbag andside airbag on the front passenger seatmay deploy) even if observing the abovecautions, when a child sits in, or a for-ward−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passenger seat. Re-fer to all the cautions in “SRS airbags” onpage 64 and “Child restraint” on page 85in this Section.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” onpage 53 in this Section for details.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the “AIRBAG OFF”indicator light is illuminated. In theevent of an accident, the force ofthe rapid inflation of the front pas-senger airbag can cause death orserious injury to the child if therear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

86


� A forward−facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible even if the “AIRBAGOFF” indicator light is illuminated,because the front passenger airbagcould inflate with considerablespeed and force. Otherwise, thechild may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� On vehicles with side airbags andcurtain shield airbags, do not allowthe child to lean his/her head orany part of his/her body against thedoor or the area of the seat, frontor center and roof side garnishfrom which the side airbags or cur-tain shield airbags deploy even ifthe child is seated in the child re-straint system. It is dangerous ifthe side airbag and/or curtain shieldairbag inflate, and the impact couldcause death or serious injury to thechild.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the front or rear passen-ger seat. If installing a child re-straint system with the seat beltextender connected to the seat belt,the seat belt will not securely holdthe child restraint system, whichcould cause death or serious injuryto the child or other passengers inthe event of collision.

� Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’sinstructions which accompany the childrestraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passengers in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

—Child restraint system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

87


Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” onpage 100 in this Section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-proved for your vehicle may also be used.See “—Installation with child restraint low-er anchorages” on page 104 in this Sec-tion.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

—Types of child restraintsystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

88


(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear−facing position only.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the “AIRBAG OFF”indicator light is illuminated. In theevent of an accident, the force ofthe rapid inflation of the front pas-senger airbag can cause death orserious injury to the child if therear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear/second or thirdseat if it interferes with the lockmechanism of the front or secondseats. Otherwise, the child or frontor second seat occupant(s) may bekilled or seriously injured in caseof sudden braking or a co llision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear rightseat.

—Installation with seat belt

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

89


Sameposition Same angle

� When installing a child restraintsystem on the rear/second centerposition, adjust both seat cushionsto the same position and align allseatbacks at the same angle. Other-wise, the child restraint system can-not be securely restrained and thismay cause death or serious injuriesin a collision.

To install the infant seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

90


2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

91


To remove the infant seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

Rear/second center seat: If the seat inwhich a child restraint system is installedin the rear most position, release the cen-ter seat belt after removing the child re-straint system. Otherwise, the rear centerseat belt may not work properly.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward−facing or rear−facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instructions about theapplicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

92


Install the child restraint system on thefront passenger seat only when it is un-avoidable. Your vehicle is equipped with afront passenger occupant classificationsystem. In order to activate the occupantclassification system correctly, install theforward−facing child restraint system onthe front passenger seat in the followingorder:

1. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” posi-tion.

2. Move the front passenger seat to therearward position.

3. Put the child restraint system on thefront passenger seat without puttingyour weight on the front passengerseat.

4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seatbelt buckle.

5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended. To hold the seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

6. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


7. Put a child on the child restraint sys-tem and secure the child, complyingwith the instructions provided by thechild restraint system manufacturer.

The “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light shouldbe illuminated when the ignition key is“ON” and the child is in the child restraintsystem after following these procedures.The “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light indi-cates the SRS front passenger airbag andside airbag on the passenger side will notdeploy. If the “AIRBAG ON” indicator lightis illuminated, remove the child restraintsystem and reinstall it with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. Ifthe “AIRBAG ON” indicator light is illumi-nated when the ignition key is turned tothe “ON” position, then the SRS front pas-senger airbag and side airbag on the pas-senger side may deploy in an accident.Do not drive the vehicle in this condition.Remove the child restraint system andcontact your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

93


CAUTION

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat. A forward−facing child re-straint system should only beinstalled on the front passengerseat when unavoidable. If you mustinstall the child restraint system onthe front passenger seat, put theseat in its most rearward position,and install the forward−facing childrestraint system in the proper or-der. Otherwise, the front passengeroccupant classification system cannot detect the presence of the childrestraint system and the front pas-senger airbag and side airbag onthe front passenger seat coulddeploy, and the impact could causedeath or serious injury to the child.

� Never install a rear−facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat even if the “AIRBAG OFF”indicator light is illuminated. In theevent of an accident, the impact ofthe rapid inflation of the front pas-senger airbag could cause death orserious injury to the child if therear−facing child restraint system isinstalled on the front passengerseat.

Move seatfully back


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

94



� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear/second or thirdseat if it interferes with the lockmechanism of the front or secondseats. Otherwise, the child or frontor second seat occupant(s) may bekilled or seriously injured in caseof sudden braking or a co llision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system on the rear/secondright seat.



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

95


To install the convertible seat:

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

96


3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


To remove the convertible seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready to workfor an adult or older child passenger.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

97



(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward−facing position only.

Move seatfully back

CAUTION


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

98





To install the booster seat:

Sit the child on a booster seat. Run thelap and shoulder belt through or aroundthe booster seat and across the child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab into thebuckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” onpage 53 in this Section for details.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

99


CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� Both high−positioned lap belts andloose−fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.




To remove the booster seat:

Press the buckle release button and allowthe belt to retract.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

100



Outside position

Center position

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

—Using a top strap

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

101


Anchor brackets

Symbol mark

Outside position

Symbol mark

Center position

Use one anchor bracket on the roof andtwo anchor brackets on the rear/secondseatbacks to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear/second seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of theanchor brackets.

TO USE THE OUTSIDE ANCHORBRACKET:

1. Remove the head restraint.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

102


Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the rear/second seatsforward slightly if it is in the rear−mostposition.

2. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Widen the slit of the cover slightlyand confirm the position of the an-chor fitting. Latch the hook onto theanchor bracket and tighten the topstrap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 85 in this Section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

103


3. Insert the head restraint and push itdown to the lock position.

After installing the child restraintsystem, move the rear/second seat tothe rear−most lock position to preventthe child restraint system frominterfering with the front seat.

TO USE THE CENTER ANCHORBRACKET:

1. Open the lid of the anchor bracket.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

104


2. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 85 in this Section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

Lower anchorages for the child restraintsystems complying with the FMVSS225or CMVSS210.2 specifications areinstalled in the rear/second seat.

The anchorages are installed in the gapbetween the seat cushion and seatback ofboth outside rear/second seating position.

Child restraint systems complying with theFMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specificationcan be fixed to these anchorages. In thiscase, it is not necessary to fix the childrestraint system with a seat belt on thevehicle.

7th lockposition

1st lockposition

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

1. Fold down the seatback and back itto the 1st lock position (most up-right position) until it locks intoplace. Adjust the seatback to the 7thlock position.

Make sure the seatback is locked secure-ly.

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

105


Canada only

Type A

Canada only

Type B

2. Widen the gap between the seatcushion and seatback slightly andconfirm the position of the lower an-chorages near the buttons on theseatback.

3. Type A—Latch the hooks of lowerstraps onto the anchorages andtighten the lower straps.

Type B—Latch the buckles onto theanchorages.

For owners in Canada— The symbol on achild restraint system indicates the pres-ence of a lower connector system.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 100 in this Section.)

For installation details, refer to the instruc-tion manual equipped with each product.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

106


CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, en-sure that the seat is moved to therear−most position, with the seat-back close to the child restraintsystem.

� After securing the child restraintsystem, never slide or recline theseat.

� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. Otherwise, the child orfront seat occupant(s) may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

107


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt and telescopic steering wheel 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti−glare inside rear view mirror 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sun visors 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 4

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

108


To adjust the steering wheel position,push down the lock release lever. Thentilt the steering wheel to the desiredangle, push or pull it to the desiredsteering column length and return thelever to its original position.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down or for-ward and rearward to make sure itis locked in position.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

On some models, when you push the rearwindow defogger switch, the heater panelsin the outside rear view mirrors will quick-ly clear the mirror surface. (See “Rearwindow and outside rear view mirror de-foggers” on page 122 in Section 1−5.)

Tilt and telescopic steeringwheel Outside rear view mirrors—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

109


CAUTION

� Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� On some models: Since the mirrorsurfaces can get hot, do not touchthem when the defogger switch ison.

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de−icer to freethe mirror.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

110


The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in compact areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

—Folding rear view mirrorsAnti−glare inside rear viewmirror

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

111


To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swingdown the main sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swingdown the main sun visor, remove it fromthe hook and swing it to the lateral side(position 2).

If glare comes from obliquely behind you,extend the plate at the end of the visor(to position 3).

CAUTION

Do not extend the plate at the end ofthe sun visor when the visor is in theposition 1. It can cover the anti−glareinside rear view mirror and obstructthe rear view.

To use the vanity mirrors, swing downthe main sun visor and slide the cover.

The vanity light comes on when you slidethe cover.

Sun visors— —Vanity mirrors

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

112


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

113


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal lights 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage compartment light 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated entry system 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window wiper and washer 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wiper de−icer 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 122. . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 5

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

114


For the U.S.A.

For Canada

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

For Canada—The tail light indicator lightsup in the instrument cluster.

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

For the U.S.A.—The headlight indicatorlights up in the instrument cluster.

Automatic light cut off system

If the driver’s door is opened and closedwith the engine turned off, the lights willautomatically turn off after 30 seconds. Ifall the doors are locked with the wirelessremote control, the lights will turn off im-mediately.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-tion key to the “ON” position or turn theheadlight switch on. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light system (on some models)

The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-ty when the parking brake is released withthe engine started, even with the lightswitch in the “OFF” position. They will notgo off until the ignition switch is turnedoff.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for drivingat night.

Headlights and turn signals

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

115


High−Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” on page 416 in Section 7−3.

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

Emergency flashers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

116


NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the dial.

With the dial turned fully up, the intensityof the instrument panel lights will not bereduced even when the tail lights/head-lights are turned on.

To turn on the front fog lights, twistthe band of the headlight and turn sig-nal switch lever. They will come ononly when the headlights are on lowbeam.

Front fog light indicator light on the instru-ment panel will tell you that the front foglights are on.

Instrument panel light control Front fog lights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

117


To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any ofthe side doors are opened. For details,see “Illuminated entry system” on page119 in this Section.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery being discharged,the light will automatically turn off whenthe ignition switch is in the “LOCK” posi-tion and the door is left opened with theswitch at “DOOR” position for 20 minutesor more.

Without electric moon roof

With electric moon roof

Interior light Personal lights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

118


The personal lights operate separatelywith each lens.

To turn on the light, push the lens on yourside. To turn the light off, push the lensonce again.

The personal light switch has the followingpositions:

“DOOR”—Turns the lights on when any ofthe side doors is opened. For details, see“Illuminated entry system” on page 119 inthis Section.

“OFF”—Turn the lights on only when youpush the lens.

INTERIOR LIGHT CUT OFF OPERATION

To prevent the battery being discharged,the light will automatically turn off whenthe ignition switch is in the “LOCK” posi-tion and the door is left opened with theswitch at “DOOR” position for 20 minutesor more.

To turn on the luggage compartmentlight, push the luggage compartmentlight switch upwards. The light turn onwhen the back door is opened. Thelight goes off when the back door isclosed.

Luggage compartment light

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

119


The following lights will come on whenany of the side doors are opened. Afterall the side doors are closed, the lightsremain on for about 15 seconds beforefading out.

1. Ignition switch light

2. Personal lights (with the “DOOR” posi-tion)

3. Interior light (with the “DOOR” position)

4. Foot lights

When any of the side doors are unlocked,the lights will come on and remain on forabout 15 seconds before fading out.

If all the doors are closed, when the igni-tion key is turned to the “LOCK” position,the lights will come on and remain on forabout 15 seconds.

The duration of the lighting can bechanged. For details, ask your Toyotadealer.

If all the doors are closed and the ignitionswitch is in the “ACC” position, the igni-tion switch light and interior light will fadeout.

If all the doors are locked, all the lightswill fade out.

To prevent the battery being discharged,the lights will automatically turn off whenthe ignition key is removed and the dooris left opened for about 20 minutes.

FOOT LIGHTS

The foot lights also come on when theignition switch is in the “ON” position withthe automatic transmission selector leverin the “P” position. When the selector le-ver is moved out of “P” position, the footlights will be dimmed.

This operation can be customized. For de-tails, ask your Toyota dealer.

Illuminated entry system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

120


To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittentoperation

Position 2 Low speedoperation

Position 3 High speedoperation

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

The “INT” band lets you adjust the wipingtime interval when the wiper lever is inthe intermittent position (position 1). Twistthe band upward to increase the time be-tween sweeps, and downward to decreaseit.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 416 inSection 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

When waxing your vehicle, make sure thatthe washer nozzles do not becomeblocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,contact your Toyota dealer to have thevehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

Windshield wipers and washer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

121


To turn on the rear window wiper, twistthe lever knob upward.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittentoperation

Position 2 Normal operation

To squirt washer fluid on the rear window,twist the knob upward or downward as faras it will go (position 3 or 4). The knobautomatically returns from these positionsafter you release it. The rear window wip-er operates while the washer squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 416 inSection 7−3.

NOTICE

Do not operate the rear wiper if therear window is dry. It may scratch theglass.

To deice the windshield wiper blades,push the switch.


The system will automatically shut off af-ter the deicer has operated about 15 min-utes. An indicator light will illuminate toindicate the deicer is operating.

If further deicing is desired, simply actuatethe switch again. When the wiper bladeshave deiced, push the switch once againto turn the deicer off. Continuous use maycause the battery to discharge, especiallyduring stop−and−go driving.

Rear window wiper andwasher Windshield wiper de−icer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

122


Manual air conditioning system

Automatic air conditioning system

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the switch.


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the windowsurface. An indicator light will illuminate toindicate the defogger is operating.

On some models, the heater panels in theoutside rear view mirrors will also quicklyclear the surfaces.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefoggers off.

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defoggers have operated about 15minutes.

CAUTION

On some models: Since the mirrorsurfaces can get hot, do not touchthem when the switch is on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers offwhen the surfaces are clear. Leaving thedefoggers on for a long time could causethe battery to discharge, especially duringstop−and−go driving. The defoggers arenot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-ly coated with ice, use a spray de−icerbefore operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

123


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside temperature display 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 6

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

124


The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of fuel remaining in the tankwhen the ignition switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

The needle moves when braking, acceler-ating or making turns. This is caused bythe movement of the fuel in the tank.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

125


� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

� Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” on page 354 inSection 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

126


3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B. The displayed temperature ranges from

−40�C (−40�F) up to 50�C (122�F).


If an abnormality exists in the connectionof the outside air temperature sensor,“−−�C” will appear on the display. If“−−�C” appears on the display, contactyour Toyota dealer.

When the outside air temperature falls be-low 3�C (37�F) while driving, the tempera-ture display flashes to indicate that theoutside air temperature is becoming low.However, if the temperature is already3�C (37�F) or below, the display does notflash when ignition is turned on.

Outside temperature display

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

127


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a) or If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b)(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c)

(indicator and buzzer)

Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(e) Stop and check.

(f) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Fill up tank.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

128



(h) or Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i) Close all side doors and back door.

(j) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(k) Stop and check.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m) Adjust the tire inflation pressure. If warning light remains, contact Toyota dealer.

(n) Cool the driveline without turning off the engine. If warning light remains, contactToyota dealer.

(o) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

129



(p) Add washer fluid.

(q) Replace engine oil.

(r) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

130


(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position even after the parking brakeis released.

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

� The light does not come on even if theignition key is turned on with the park-ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, immediately stop your vehicleat a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

� The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may notwork properly and your stoppingdistance will become longer. De-press the brake pedal firmly andbring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

� The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if thedriver’s seat belt is not fastened. Unlessthe driver fastens the belt, the light con-tinues flashing.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for 30 seconds.Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,the buzzer will sound in a different tonefor 90 more seconds. Even if the vehiclespeed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), thebuzzer will continue to sound. To stop thebuzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzerstill sounds, make sure the front passen-ger’s seat belt is fastened.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

131


(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re-minder Light and Buzzer

The light and buzzer act as a reminder tohave the front passenger buckle up theseat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if apassenger sits in the front passenger seatand does not fasten the seat belt. Howev-er, if a front passenger uses an additionalseat cushion, the light may not flash evenwhen the seat belt is not buckled up.

If the vehicle speed rises above 20 km/h(12 mph) with the seat belt unfastened,the buzzer will sound for 30 seconds.Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,the buzzer will sound in a different tonefor 90 more seconds. Even if the vehiclespeed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph), thebuzzer will continue to sound. To stop thebuzzer, fasten the seat belt. If the buzzerstill sounds, make sure the driver’s seatbelt is fastened.

If luggage or other load is placed on thefront passenger seat, depending on itsweight the reminder light may flash.

(d) Charging System Warning Light

This warning light comes on when theignition switch is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, and goes off when the engine isstarted.

When there are problems in the chargingsystem while the engine is running, thewarning light comes on.

NOTICE

When the charging system warninglight comes on while the engine isrunning, malfunctions such as the en-gine drive belt being broken may haveoccurred. If the warning light comeson, immediately stop the vehicle in asafe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position andgoes off after the engine starts. Thismeans that the warning light system isoperating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowings.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

132


� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp does not go off even afterseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” on page 388in Section 6.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if eitherof the systems malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), thefollowing systems do not operate, but thebrake system still operates conventionally.

� Anti−lock brake system

� Brake assist system

� Traction control system

� “AUTO LSD” system

� Vehicle stability control system

� Downhill assist control system

� Hill−start assist control system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

133


When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the components moni-tored by the warning light. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the sidedoors and back door are completelyclosed.

(j) SRS Warning Light

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS airbags and seat beltpretensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, “AIRBAG ON” indicatorlight, “AIRBAG OFF” indicator light, frontpassenger’s seat belt buckle switch, seatbelt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, in-terconnecting wiring and power sources.




WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

134



(k) Automatic Transmission Fluid Tem-perature Warning Light

This light warns that the automatic trans-mission fluid temperature is too high.

If this light comes on while you are driv-ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stopthe vehicle at a safe place and put theselector lever in “P”. With the engine id-ling, wait until the light goes off. If thelight goes off, you can start the vehicleagain. If the light does not go off, call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

NOTICE

Continued driving with the warninglight on may damage the automatictransmission.

(l) “VSC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the following.






The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off aftera few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, all theabove systems will not work. In such acase, the brakes will operate when applied(no electronic assistance will be avail-able), and it will be possible to continuedriving the vehicle.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.

(m) Tire Pressure Warning Light

This light warns that the tire pressure ofone or more of your tires (including thespare tire) is low. The light comes onwhen the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position. It goes off after a few sec-onds. This indicates that the tire pressurewarning system is functioning properly.

If the warning light comes on while youare driving, the tire pressure of one ormore of your tires (including the sparetire) is low. The light goes off after thetire inflation pressure is adjusted to theproper pressure.

If the warning light blinks, the tire pres-sure warning system may be malfunction-ing. Contact your Toyota dealer.

For details, see “Tire pressure warningsystem” on page 161 in Section 1−7.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

135


(n) “4WD” Warning Light

The light warns that when there is a prob-lem somewhere in active torque control4WD system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”, and will go off afterabout a few seconds.

If the warning light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned to “ON”,contact your Toyota dealer to service thevehicle.

If the “4WD” warning light flashes...

This indicates that the driveline tempera-ture has become too high. Without turningoff the engine, do either of the followingto cool the driveline:

� Reduce vehicle speed until the lightgoes off.

� Stop the vehicle at a safe place andallow the engine to idle until the lightgoes off.

If operation of the vehicle is continuedwhile the light is flashing, the system au-tomatically shuts off the engine torque thatis applied to the rear wheels to protectthe driveline. If this happens, the light willflash faster.

When the driveline temperature fallsenough, the light will go off.

If the “4WD” warning light remains on...

This indicates that the system may notwork properly. Contact your Toyota dealerto service your vehicle.

(o) Electric Power Steering SystemWarning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the elec-tric power steering system warning lightworks properly, the light turns off after afew seconds. If the system has malfunc-tions, the light comes on again.

If the following conditions occur, thisindicates a malfunction somewhere inthe components monitored by the warn-ing light system. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soonas possible.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on.

� The light stays on while you are driv-ing.

CAUTION

If the electric power steering systemwarning light comes on, take your ve-hicle to your Toyota dealer as soonas possible. In this case, more effortis required for the steering wheel toturn than usual. Drive your vehiclewhile firmly gripping the steeringwheel.

(p) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light

The light warns that the windshield washerfluid level is too low. Add washer fluid atyour earliest opportunity. (For instructions,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 416 inSection 7−3.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

136


(q) Engine Oil Replacement ReminderLight

This light acts as a reminder to replacethe engine oil.

This light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off afterabout a few seconds.

When you drive for about 7200 km (4500miles) after the engine oil replacement,this light illuminates for about 3 secondsand then flashes for about 12 secondswith the ignition key turned to the “ON”position. If you continue driving withoutreplacing the engine oil, and if the dis-tance driven exceeds 8000 km (5000miles), the light will come on after theignition key is turned to “ON” position.The light will remain on thereafter.

If the light is flashing, we recommend thatyou replace the engine oil at an earlyopportunity depending on the driving androad conditions. If the light comes on,replace it as soon as possible.

The system must be reset after the en-gine oil replacement. Reset the system bythe following procedure:

1. Turn the ignition key to the “OFF” posi-tion with the trip meter A readingshown. (For details, see “Odometer andtwo trip meters” on page 125 in thisSection.)

2. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” posi-tion while holding down the trip meterreset knob.

Hold down the knob for at least 5 sec-onds. The odometer indicates “000000”and the light goes off.

If the system fails to reset, the light willcontinue flashing.

(r) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer acts as a reminder to removethe key when you open the driver’s doorwith the ignition key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on.

The following service reminder indica-tors go off after a few seconds:

� Engine oil replacement reminder light

� Automatic transmission fluid tempera-ture warning light

� “ABS” warning light

� “VSC” warning light

� Tire pressure warning light

� “4WD” warning light

� Electric power steering system warninglight

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

137


� “AUTO LSD” indicator light

� Slip indicator light

� Downhill assist control system indicatorlight

� Four−wheel drive lock indicator light

The SRS warning light goes off afterabout 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

138


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

139


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brakeIgnition switch 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Active torque control 4WD system 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control system 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “AUTO LSD” system 151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enhanced vehicle stability control system 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Downhill assist control system 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hill−start assist control system 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressure warning system 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 7

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

140


“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see page 335 in Section3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn it from“ACC” to the “LOCK” position. The selec-tor lever must be in the “P” position be-fore pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer sys-tem—Once you remove the key, the en-gine immobilizer system is automaticallyset. (See “Engine immobilizer system” onpage 15 in Section 1−2.)

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rotate the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

Approximately five hours after the engineis turned off, you may hear sound comingfrom under the floor around the driver’sseat for several minutes. This is normaloperation and does not indicate a malfunc-tion. (See “Leak detection pump” on pageix.)

It is not a malfunction if the needle on allmeters and gauges move slightly when thekey is turned to the “ON” or “START”position.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

141


Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrive possible)

3: Engine braking (shifting into overdrive not possible)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission (4−speed)

Selector lever

Shift normally.

Shift with the brake pedaldepressed. (The ignition switch mustbe in “ON” position.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

142


(b) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 336 inSection 3. The transmission must be in“P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always use the “D” position for better fueleconomy and quieter driving. If the enginecoolant temperature is low, the transmis-sion will not shift into the overdrive geareven in the “D” position.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(c) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Shift into the “3” position. The trans-mission will downshift to third gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

Two−wheel drive models173 km/h (108 mph)

Four−wheel drive models164 km/h (102 mph)

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.



� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.



When the cruise control is being used,even if you downshift from “D” to “3”,engine braking will not be enabled be-cause the cruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 166 in thisSection.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

143


(d) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over−rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

Two−wheel drive models“2” 126 km/h (78 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 70 km/h (43 mph). . . . . . . . . .

Four−wheel drive models“2” 120 km/h (74 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 67 km/h (41 mph). . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “3” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(e) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(f) Parking


2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(g) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope,shift the selector lever to the “3” posi-tion. Be sure to shift the selector leverto the “D” position immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse “D” position.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

144


CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

(h) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” on page 372 in Section 4.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

145


Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in the “ON” position).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting and keyremoval

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (shifting into overdrive possible)

4: Engine braking (shifting into overdrive not possible)

3, 2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission (5−speed)

Shift normally.

Selector lever

Shift with the brake pedaldepressed. (The ignition switch mustbe in “ON” position.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

146


(b) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 336 inSection 3. The transmission must be in“P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always use the “D” position for better fueleconomy and quieter driving. If the enginecoolant temperature is low, the transmis-sion will not shift into the overdrive geareven in the “D” position.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(c) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Shift into the “4” position. The trans-mission will downshift to fourth gearand engine braking will be enabled.

� Shift into the “3” position. The trans-mission will downshift to third gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 161 km/h (100 mph),and stronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 99 km/h (62 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 42 km/h (26 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

When the cruise control is being used,even if you downshift from “D” to “4”,engine braking will not be enabled be-cause the cruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 166 in thisSection.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to skid orspin.

(d) Using “3”, “2” and “L” positions

The “3”, “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in ”3”, “2” or “L”,you can start the vehicle in motion aswith the lever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “3” or “2”, thevehicle will start in first gear and automat-ically shift to third gear or second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

147


NOTICE

� Be careful not to over−rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“3” 175 km/h (109 mph). . . . . . . . “2” 113 km/h (70 mph). . . . . . . . . “L” 63 km/h (39 mph). . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“3”, “2” or “L” position. This maycause severe automatic transmis-sion damage from overheating. Toprevent such damage, “4” positionshould be used in hill climbing orhard towing.

(e) Backing up


2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(f) Parking


2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(g) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between fourth gear andoverdrive when climbing a gentle slope,shift the selector lever to the “4” posi-tion. Be sure to shift the selector leverto the “D” position immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse “D” position.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Always use the brake pedal or theparking brake to hold the vehicle onan upgrade. Do not attempt to holdthe vehicle using the accelerator ped-al, as this can cause the transmissionto overheat.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

148


(h) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” on page 372 in Section 4.

The active torque control 4WD systemcontrols the engine torque that is ap-plied to the rear wheels according tothe driving conditions and road condi-tions. When the vehicle’s driving condi-tions are stable such as driving straightahead, the engine torque is applied toonly the front wheels.

FOUR−WHEEL DRIVE LOCK SWITCH

When the vehicle is driven on loosesurfaces, such as sand, gravel, or deepsnow, or if the vehicle gets stuck,pushing the four−wheel drive lockswitch to ensure that the engine torqueis applied to the 4 wheels.

When the four−wheel drive lock switch ispushed, the four−wheel drive lock indicatorlight blinks twice and remains on until thefour−wheel drive lock is canceled.

To cancel the four−wheel drive lock, pushthe switch once again and the four−wheeldrive lock indicator light will go off.

Active torque control 4WDsystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

149


When the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h(25 mph), the four−wheel drive lock willbe cancelled automatically.

The four−wheel drive lock indicator willcome on for a few seconds when theignition key is turned to “ON”.

If the indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned to “ON” orthe four−wheel drive lock switch ispushed, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Use the four−wheel drive lock onlywhen driving on the loose surfaces,such as sand, gravel, or deep snow,or if the vehicle gets stuck. After thefour−wheel drive lock is used to pro-vide traction, cancel the four−wheeldrive lock. Using the four−wheel drivelock at other times may cause dam-age to the four−wheel drive system.

SYSTEM FAILURE WARING

The “4WD” warning light warns that thereis a problem somewhere in the activetorque control 4WD system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”. When the systemworks properly, the light turns off after afew seconds.

If the warning light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned to “ON”,contact your Toyota dealer to service thevehicle.

If the “4WD” warning light flashes...

This indicates that the driveline tempera-ture has become too high. Without turningoff the engine, do either of the followingto cool the driveline:

� Reduce vehicle speed until the lightgoes off.

� Stop the vehicle at a safe place andallow the engine to idle until the lightgoes off.

If operation of the vehicle is continuedwhile the light is flashing, the system au-tomatically shuts off the engine torque thatis applied to the rear wheels to protectthe driveline. If this happens, the light willflash faster.

When the driveline temperature fallsenough, the light will go off.

If the “4WD” warning light remains on...

This indicates that the system may notwork properly. Contact your Toyota dealerto service your vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

150


The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of thefront wheels (two−wheel drive models)or 4 wheels (four−wheel drive models)when the vehicle is started or acceler-ated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower to the front wheels (two−wheeldrive models) or 4 wheels (four−wheeldrive models) cannot be maintained,even though the traction control sys-tem is in operation. Do not drive thevehicle under any speed or maneuver-ing conditions which may cause thevehicle to lose traction control. If theroad surface is covered with ice orsnow, your vehicle should be fittedwith snow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at a speed that is appropriatefor the present road conditions.

A sound may be heard from the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the sys-tem is in the self−check mode. This sounddoes not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of thefront wheels (two−wheel drive models)or 4 wheels (four−wheels drive mod-els). At this time, the slip indicator lightblinks.

� The vehicle may vibrate or make anoise due to brake operation. This indi-cates the system is functioning proper-ly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”, contact your Toyota dealer.

Traction control system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

151


“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the following systems:






The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”. When the systemsare work properly, the light turns off aftera few seconds.



� The warning light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned to“ON”.



The “AUTO LSD” system aids tractionby using the traction control system tocontrol engine performance and brakingwhen one of the front wheels begins tospin.

This system is used only when wheelspinning occurs in a ditch or on arough surface.

This system is effective in case one ofthe front wheels is spinning.

NOTICE

Do not use the “AUTO LSD” systemin conditions other than the above. Amuch greater steering effort and morecareful cornering control will be re-quired.

“AUTO LSD” system(two−wheel drive models)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

152


To turn on the system, push the “AUTOLSD” switch when the vehicle isstopped.

The “AUTO LSD” indicator light will comeon and remain on while the system is on.While the system is operating, the slipindicator light will also flash.

To turn off the system, push the “AUTOLSD” switch again and the “AUTO LSD”indicator light will go off.

If the vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h (31mph), this system will be cancelled auto-matically.

The “AUTO LSD” indicator light will comeon for a few seconds when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”. If the indicator lightdoes not come on when the ignition keyis turned to “ON” or the “AUTO LSD”switch is pushed, contact your Toyotadealer.

If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high, a buzzer will sound for about 3seconds. (The slip indicator light will alsobe lit.) The system will temporarily stopoperating in order to protect the brakeactuator. Although “AUTO LSD” system isnot operating, it is still possible to contin-ue your driving.

The operation of the system will be auto-matically restored after the actuator coolsdown. After operation is restored, the slipindicator light will go off.








When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the light will come on. When the systemsare work properly, the light turns off aftera few seconds.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

153







The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesuch systems as the anti−lock brake,brake assist, traction control, enginecontrol, electric power steering. Thissystem automatically controls thebrakes, engine and power steering tohelp prevent the vehicle from skiddingwhen cornering on a slippery road sur-face or operating steering wheel abrupt-ly.

This system activates when the vehiclespeed exceeds about 15 km/h (9 mph).


CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid death or serious injury. Reck-less driving will result in an unex-pected accident. If the slip indicatorlight flashes, and an alarm sounds,special care should be taken whiledriving.

� Use only tires of the specified size.The size, manufacturer, brand andtread pattern for all 4 tires shouldbe the same. If you use the tiresother than specified, or differenttype or size, the vehicle stabilitycontrol system may not functioncorrectly. When replacing the tiresor wheels, contact your Toyota deal-er. (See “Checking and replacingtires” on page 404 in Section 7−2.)

� In situations where the road surfaceis covered with ice or snow, yourvehicle should be fitted with snowtires or tire chains.

Enhanced vehicle stabilitycontrol system (two−wheel drive vehicles)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

154


If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.















WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

155


The vehicle stability control systemhelps provide integrated control of thesuch systems as the anti−lock brake,brake assist, traction control, enginecontrol, electric power steering, activetorque control 4WD. This system auto-matically controls the brakes, engineand power steering as well as drivingforce to all the 4 wheels to help pre-vent the vehicle from skidding whencornering on a slippery road surface oroperating steering wheel abruptly.

This system activates when the vehiclespeed exceeds about 15 km/h (9 mph).


CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle stability control system. Evenif the vehicle stability control sys-tem is operating, you must alwaysdrive carefully and attentively toavoid death or serious injury. Reck-less driving will result in an unex-pected accident. If the slip indicatorlight flashes, and an alarm sounds,special care should be taken whiledriving.

� Use only tires of the specified size.The size, manufacturer, brand andtread pattern for all 4 tires shouldbe the same. If you use the tiresother than specified, or differenttype or size, the vehicle stabilitycontrol system may not functioncorrectly. When replacing the tiresor wheels, contact your Toyota deal-er. (See “Checking and replacingtires” on page 404 in Section 7−2.)

� In situations where the road surfaceis covered with ice or snow, yourvehicle should be fitted with snowtires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.


Enhanced vehicle stabilitycontrol system (four−wheel drive models)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

156














The downhill assist control system as-sists the deceleration of the enginebrake when you drive down a steep hill.When you are driving down a hill,pushing the “DAC” switch turns on thesystem. If the vehicle is traveling at aspeed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less, youcan descend at a constant speed.

CAUTION

Do not rely excessively on the down-hill assist control system. It may notbe able to maintain a low speed overroad surfaces or off−road surfaces onwhich sliding can easily occur, suchas extremely steep slopes or icy ormuddy roads.

TO ACTIVATE THE DOWNHILL ASSISTCONTROL SYSTEM

1. In order to make full use of the en-gine brake, put the transmission se-lector lever in “L” (forward) or “R”(reverse).

Downhill assist control system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

157


2. Push the “DAC” switch to turn thesystem on. The downhill assist con-trol system indicator light will comeon.

If the downhill assist control system indi-cator light flashes, the selector lever maynot be in “L” or “R”.

If the indicator light does not come onwhen the switch is pushed, or the indica-tor light flashes when the selector lever isin “L” or “R”, contact your Toyota dealer.

With the vehicle traveling at a speed of25 km/h (15 mph) or less, release thebrake pedal and accelerator pedal to acti-vate the system. The vehicle will descendthe hill at a low speed.

While the system is operating, the slipindicator light will flash and the stoplightsand high mounted stoplight will be lit. Asound may also occur during the opera-tion. This does not indicate a malfunction.

If the brakes are applied while the systemis operating, a kickback from the brakepedal may result and a sound may occur.This does not indicate a malfunction.

If the “DAC” switch is pushed to turn thesystem off while it is in operation, thesystem will stop operating gradually. Thedownhill assist control system indicatorlight will flash to alert the driver. To con-tinue driving at a low speed, push the“DAC” switch to turn the system on.

The slip indicator light and downhill assistcontrol system indicator light come on fora few seconds when the ignition key isturned to “ON”. If any of the indicatorlights does not come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”, contact your Toyotadealer.

If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high, the downhill assist control sys-tem indicator light will flash and a buzzerwill start to sound intermittently. This indi-cates that the system cannot operate formuch longer. In this case, stop the vehicleimmediately in a safe place.

If the system continues to operate whiledriving, the buzzer will sound for about 3seconds. The system will temporarily stopoperating in order to protect the brakeactuator. Although the downhill assist con-trol system is not operating, it is still pos-sible to continue your driving.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

158


The operation of the system will be auto-matically restored after the actuator coolsdown. The downhill assist control systemindicator light changes from flash to re-main on after operation is restored.








When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the light will come on. When the systemsare work properly, the light turns off aftera few seconds.






WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

159


The hill−start assist control system as-sists in starting to drive a steep or aslippery hill. When you start to moveup a hill slope, the system helps toprevent the vehicle from ro lling back-ward in the interval while moving thefoot from the brake pedal to the accel-erator pedal.

CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the h ill−start assist control system. The ve-hicle may not be able to startsmoothly on road surfaces or off−road surfaces such as extremelysteep slopes or icy roads, on whichsliding can occur very easily.

� Do not use the hill−start assist con-trol system to park the vehicle. Thissystem is not designed as a func-tion for parking the vehicle on auphill slope.

TO ACTIVATE THE HILL−START ASSISTCONTROL SYSTEM

The hill−start assist control system willoperate for maximum of 2 seconds. Thebrake pedal must be depressed furtherto activate the system when all of thefollowing conditions apply with thebrake pedal is depressed:

At this time, one beep will be heard.

� When the selector lever is not in “P”

� When the accelerator pedal is not de-pressed

� When the parking brake is not applied

� When the vehicle is stopped

The system is designed to operate whenthe vehicle is starting on uphill slope;therefore, if the transmission selector le-ver is in “P”, it will not operate.

When the hill−start assist control systemis operating, the slip indicator light flashesand the stoplights and high mounted stop-light are lit.

When any of the following is performed,the system will stop operation. At thistime, two beeps will be heard and the slipindicator light will go off.

� Shifting the selector lever to “P”

� Applying the parking brake

� Depressing the brake pedal

If the accelerator pedal is depressed, thesystem will also stop operation withoutbeep sounds.

Hill−start assist controlsystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

160


The hill−start assist control system oper-ates for a maximum of 2 seconds. If thevehicle is not started within 2 seconds,two beeps will be heard and the systemwill gradually stop operating.

The hill−start control system is not de-signed to park the vehicle on uphill slope.When parking the vehicle, be sure to ap-ply the parking brake.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”, contact your Toyota dealer. “VSC” warning light







When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the light will come on. If the systems arework properly, the light turns off after afew seconds.






WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

161


The tire pressure warning system warnsyou that the tire inflation pressure islow.

The tire pressure warning system is nota substitute for checking normal tire infla-tion pressure. Check the tire inflationpressure with a tire pressure gauge regu-larly.

CAUTION

The warning system may not activateimmediately if bursts or sudden airleakage should occur.

The tire pressure warning light comes onwhen the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position and goes off after a fewseconds. This means the tire pressurewarning light is operating properly. If thetire inflation pressure becomes low, thelight comes on again. In this case, adjust-ing the tire inflation pressure will turn offthe light after a few minutes. If the lightcomes on after blinking for 1 minute, thetire pressure warning system is not work-ing properly.

Indicatorstatus

Meanings Do this

ON Tire inflationpressure islow

Adjust thetire inflationpressure

ON afterblinking for1 minute

Tire pres-sure warn-ing systemmalfunction

Have thesystemchecked atyour Toyotadealer

CAUTION

If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on, be sure to observe thefollowing precautions. Failure to doso could cause loss of vehicle controland result in death or serious injury.

� Stop your vehicle in a safe place assoon as possible. Adjust the tireinflation pressure immediately.

� If the tire pressure warning lightcomes on even after tire inflationpressure adjustment, it is probablethat you have a flat tire. Check thetires. If the tire is flat, change tothe spare tire and have the flat tirerepaired by the nearest Toyota deal-er.

Tire pressure warning system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

162


� Avoid abrupt maneuvering and bra-king. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,you could lose control of the steer-ing wheel or the brakes.

The tire pressure warning light may turnon due to natural causes such as naturalair leaks or tire inflation pressure changescaused by temperature. In this case, ad-justing the tire inflation pressure will turnoff the light after a few minutes.

The spare tire is also equipped with thetire pressure warning valve and transmit-ter. The tire pressure warning light willturn on if the tire inflation pressure of thespare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, eventhough the flat tire is replaced with thespare tire, the warning light does not turnoff. Replace the spare tire with the re-paired tire and adjust the proper tire infla-tion pressure. The tire pressure warninglight will turn off after a few minutes.

CAUTION

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label (tireand load information label). (If yourvehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label(tire and load information label), youshould determine the proper tire infla-tion pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your ve-hicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS–tire pressure warning system) that il-luminates a low tire pressure telltale(tire pressure warning light) when oneor more of your tires is significantlyunder−inflated. Accordingly, when thelow tire pressure telltale (tire pres-sure warning light) illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a sig-nificantly under−inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under−inflation also re-duces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ab ility.

Please note that the TPMS (tire pres-sure warning system) is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, andit is the driver’s responsib ility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder−inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale (tirepressure warning light).

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

163


NOTICE

� Do not use liquid sealants for a flattire as tire pressure warning valveand transmitter will be damaged.

� When the tires must be repaired orreplaced, have them repaired or re-placed by the nearest Toyota dealeror an authorized tire dealer. Thetire pressure warning valves andtransmitters will be affected by theinstallation or removal of tires.

IF THE TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGLIGHT COMES ON AFTER BLINKINGFOR 1 MINUTE

If the tire pressure warning light comeson after blinking for 1 minute when theignition switch is turned to the “ON”position, the tire pressure warning sys-tem is not working properly.

The system will be disabled in the follow-ing conditions:(When the condition becomes normal, thesystem will work properly.)

� If tires not equipped with tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters areused.

� If the ID code on the tire pressurewarning valves and transmitters is notregistered on the tire pressure warningECU.

� If electronic devices or facilities usingsimilar radio wave frequencies arenearby.

� If a radio set at similar frequencies isin use in the vehicle.

� If a window tint that affects the radiowave signals is installed.

� If there is a lot of snow or ice on thevehicle, in particular around the wheelsor wheel housings.

� If non−genuine Toyota wheels are used.

� If tire chains are used.

� If the spare tire is in a location subjectto poor radio wave signal reception.

� If the tire inflation pressure is morethan 500 kPa (5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar, 73psi).

If the tire pressure warning light continuesto come on after blinking for 1 minutewhen the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position, have the system checkedby your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

164


Even if you use genuine wheels, the tirepressure warning system may not workproperly with some types of tires. For vehicles sold in U.S.A.



NOTICE:This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

� Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

� Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

165


� Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

� Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.


NOTEOperation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

REPLACING TIRES AND WHEELS

When replacing the tires and wheels, besure to install tire pressure warning valvesand transmitters. ID codes on the tirepressure warning valves and transmittersare registered on the tire pressure warningECU. When replacing a tire pressurewarning valve and transmitter, it is neces-sary to register the ID code of tire pres-sure warning valve and transmitter. Havethe ID code registered by your Toyotadealer.

If the ID code is not registered, the sys-tem will not work properly. After about 1hour, the tire pressure warning light blinks(comes on after blinking for 1 minute) toindicate a system malfunction.

NOTICE

When the tires or tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters must bereplaced, have them replaced by yourToyota dealer. The tire pressure warn-ing valves and transmitters will beaffected by the installation or removalof tires.

For the U.S.A.

For Canada

Parking brake

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

166


When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-ing power, first depress the brake pedaland hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),press the lock release button (2), and low-er (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control is designed to main-tain a set cruising speed without requir-ing the driver to operate the accelera-tor. Cruising speed can be set to anyspeed above 40 km/h (25 mph).

Within the limits of the engine’s capabili-ties, cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades. However, changes in ve-hicle speed may occur on steeper grades.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) orwinding roads.

� Be careful about vehicle speed asit may increase when driving down-hill with the cruise control on.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

To turn the cruise control on, press the“ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicatorlight on the instrument panel will come onto indicate that the cruise control is opera-tional. Pressing the “ON−OFF” buttonagain turns the system off.

When the system is turned off, cruisingspeed must be reset when the cruise con-trol is turned on again.

Cruise control

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

167


CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging thecruise control, turn the system offwhen it is not in use. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED

The transmission must be in “D”, “3”(4−speed) or “4” (5−speed) before you setthe cruising speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-tion and release it. This sets the vehicleat that speed. If the speed is not satisfac-tory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,or tap it down for a slower speed. Eachtap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h(1.0 mph). You can now take your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL

The cruise control may be temporarilycancelled by the driver or by the systemitself under certain circumstances. Tempo-rary cancellation allows the set cruisingspeed to remain in memory.

The cruise control can be temporarily can-celled by doing the following:

� Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-rection and releasing it

� Depressing the brake pedal

Under certain circumstances, the cruisecontrol is temporarily cancelled:

� When vehicle speed falls below 40km/h (25 mph)

� When vehicle stability control is acti-vated

When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the set speed, the cruise con-trol is cancelled and the set speed iserased from memory.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

168


The “CRUISE” indicator light remains onto indicate that the system is still in op-eration.

To turn the cruise control off, press the“ON−OFF” button. Make sure the“CRUISE” indicator light is off.

If the cruise control automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL

If the cruise control is temporarily can-celled, the cruising speed can be resumedby pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”direction.

Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25mph).

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “+ RES” directionand hold it. Release the lever when thedesired speed is attained. While the leveris held up, the vehicle will gradually gainspeed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “− SET” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held down, the vehicle speed willgradually decrease.

A sound may occur due to brake opera-tion while the vehicle speed is decreasing.This does not indicate a malfunction.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “− SET” direction.

Even if you downshift the transmissionfrom the “D” position to “3” (4−speed) or“4” (5−speed) with the cruise control on,engine braking will not be enabled be-cause the cruise control is not cancelled.To decrease the vehicle speed, reset to aslower speed with the cruise control leveror depress the brake pedal. If you use thebrake pedal, cruise control is cancelled.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light flasheswhen using the cruise control, press the“ON−OFF” button to turn the system offand then press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

169


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAudio and hands−free phone systemsReference 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUX adapter 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio remote controls 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear seat entertainment system 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video system operating hints 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hands−free phone system 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 8

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

170


Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player(with compact disc changer controller)

Type 2−1: AM·FM radio/compact disc play-er with changer

Type 2−2: AM·FM radio/compact disc play-er with changer

Reference

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

171


This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2” or “DISC·AUX”to turn on that function without pushing“PWR·VOL”. To turn on the compact discplayer, a compact disc must be loaded inthe player.

You can turn on compact disc player byinserting a compact disc.

You can turn off the compact disc playerby ejecting the compact disc. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject the compact disc. If other functionwas previously playing, it will come onagain.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2” or “DISC·AUX” ifthe system is already on but you want toswitch from one function to other.

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

SRS �

Type 1 and 2−1 audio systems utilize SRSFOCUS� and SRS TruBass� audioenhancement technologies, under licensefrom SRS Labs, Inc., in all mode exceptAM radio mode.

FOCUS, TruBass, SRS and symbol aretrademarks of SRS Labs, Inc.FOCUS and TruBass technologies areincorporated under license from SRSLabs, Inc.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange (type 2−2) and basslevels. In fact, different kinds of musicand vocal programs usually sound betterwith different mixes of treble, midrangeand bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of other.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has a mast type antenna.

To remove the antenna, carefully turn itcounterclockwise.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure it is removed before driv-ing your Toyota through an automaticcar wash.

Using your audio system——Some basics

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

172


YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. The player will playfrom track 1 through to the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITHCHANGER (type 2)

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”button and gently push the disc in withthe label side up. This compact disc play-er can store up to six discs. The playerwill play from track 1 through to the endof the disc. Then it will play from track1 of the next disc.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

� Do not stack up two discs for in-sertion, or it will cause damage tothe compact disc changer. Insertonly one compact disc into slot ata time.

� Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a com-pact disc into the slot.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

173


Details of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

—Controls and features�Type 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

174


1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The button num-ber will appear on the display.

To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The button num-ber and station frequency will appear onthe display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button. (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” or “FM1” or “FM2” button.)

(Eject button)

Push the compact disc eject button toeject a compact disc.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward orreverse within a compact disc. When yourelease the button, the compact disc play-er will resume playing.

AM

Push the “AM” button to turn on the radioand select the AM band. “AM” will appearon the display.

AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-ance adjustment function)

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.

FAD: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe front and rear speakers. The displayranges from F7 to R7.

BAL: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe right and left speakers. The displayranges from L7 to R7.

ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer canbe turned on by turning the knob. In addi-tion, turning the knob allows you to selectfrom LOW, MID, and HIGH volume andtone settings. The ASL system automati-cally adjusts volume and tone in accor-dance with the driving speed. This helpsensure an optimal listening experienceeven if noise levels rise while driving.

DISC·AUX (Compact disc)

Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play acompact disc.

When the audio system is set into com-pact disc operation, the display shows thetrack, or track and disc number currentlybeing played.

To switch between CD and AUX (externaldevice) modes, press the “DISC·AUX” but-ton. The AUX mode is only available whenAUX adapter is connected to the system.When the AUX adapter is in use, “AUX”will appear on the display.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

175


Error messages

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display following error messages.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot. Allow the player to cooldown.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-aged or inserted incorrectly (up−sidedown). Clean the disc and re−insert it.

“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer ofseparate unit is empty. Insert a disc.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem insidethe system. Eject the disc or magazine.Set the disc or magazine again.

“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask yourToyota dealer to inspect.

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changerlid of separate unit is open. Close thecompact disc changer lid.

If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMAdata has been inserted. Remove the discfrom the player and insert an MP3/WMAdata disc.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

� DISC �

With compact disc changer only—

Use these buttons to select the disc youwant to listen to.

Push “�” (preset button 3) or “�” (presetbutton 4) until the number of the disc youwant to listen appears on the display.

FM1 FM2

Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn onthe radio and select the FM band. “FM1”or “FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

FOLDER (Folder up/down)

To skip up or down to a different folder:Push either side of the “FOLDER” severaltimes until the number of the folder youwant to listen to appears on the display.

To jump to the first file in the first folder:Push and hold the “�” side of the buttonuntil you hear a beep.

When playing a disc featuring both audiodata (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audiodata (CD−DA) is played.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

Compact disc player

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on one compactdisc in random order, or listen to thetracks on all the compact discs in themagazine in random order.

To play the tracks on one disc in randomorder: Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay and the player will perform thetracks on the disc you are listening to inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.


To play all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-

pear on the display and the player willperform all the tracks on all the discs inthe magazine in random order. To turn offthe random feature, push this buttonagain.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

176


MP3/WMA player

There are two random playback features—you can either listen to all of the files onthe compact discs in random order. Youcan also listen to the files in a singlefolder in random order.

To randomly play the files in a folder:Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay.

To randomly play all of the files on thecompact disc:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” willappear on the display and the player willplay all of the files on the disc in randomorder. To turn off the random playbackfeature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-

pear on the display. The player will repeatall the tracks on the disc you are listeningto. When the disc ends, the player willautomatically go back to the first track onthe disc and replay. To turn off the repeatfeature, push this button again.

MP3/WMA player

There are two repeat features—you canrepeat a signal file or an entire folder.

Repeating a file:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the file is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe file ends, it will repeat automatically.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

Repeating a folder:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall of the files in the folder. When the lastfile in the folder ends, the folder will re-peat from the beginning. To turn off therepeat feature, push this button again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

177


SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up or down the band, stay therefor 5 seconds, and then move to the nextpreset station. To stop scanning, push thisbutton again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. Theradio will find the next station up or downthe station band, stay there for 5 seconds,and then scan again to the next station.To stop scanning, push this button again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan up or down all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. To stop scan-ning, push this button again. If the playerscanned all the tracks on the disc, it willstop scanning.

The discs in the compact disc changercan be scanned up only.


Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ SCAN” will appear on the display andthe player will scan up or down the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the auto changerhas scanned all the discs, it will stopscanning.

MP3/WMA player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the files in a folder on a specif-ic disc or scan the first file of all thefolder.

Scanning the files on a folder:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the files in the folder you arelistening to. To select a file, push the“SCAN” again. After all the tracks on thedisc have been scanned in one pass, nor-mal play resumes.

Scanning the first file of all the folders:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ SCAN” will appear on the display andthe player will scan the first file of thenext folder. To select a folder, push the“SCAN” again. After all the folders havebeen scanned in one pass, normal playresumes.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

178


SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again tofind the station after that.

Compact disc player

Use this button to skip up or down to adifferent track.

Push “�” or “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button until the number of thetrack you want to listen to appears on thedisplay. If you want to return to the begin-ning of the current track, quickly push thedown side of the button one time.

MP3/WMA player

To file up or down to a different file:Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”several times until the file you want tolisten to appears on the display. If youwant to return to the beginning of thecurrent file, push the “�” side of the but-ton one time, quickly.

To fast forward or reverse the disc:If you want to fast forward or reverse thedisc, push and hold it until you hear abeep. When you release the button, theplayer will resume playing.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TEXT

Compact disc player

This button is used to change the displayfor the compact disc that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while the com-pact disc is playing. The display changesin the order from the elapsed time to disctitle to track title, then back to theelapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compactdisc that does not contain text data isplaying, “NO TITLE” will appear on thedisplay.

If the entire disc or track title does notappear on the display, push and hold thebutton until you hear a beep. The rest ofthe title will appear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

179


MP3/WMA player

This button is used to change the displayfor the MP3/WMA file that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while theMP3/WMA file is playing. The displaychanges in the order from the elapsedtime to folder name to file name to albumtitle to track title to artist name, then backto the elapsed time.

If this button is pushed while anMP3/WMA file that does not contain textdata is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear onthe display.

If the entire text data is not displayed,push and hold it until you hear a beep.The rest of the text data will appear.

TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)

Radio

Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise tostep up the frequency. Turn the knobcounterclockwise to step down the fre-quency.

MP3/WMA player

Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turnthe knob counterclockwise to file down.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

180



�Type 2−1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

181



�Type 2−2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

182


1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE·FILE” or“SEEK/TRACK”.) Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The preset but-ton number will appear on the display.

To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The preset but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

This radio can store one AM and two FMstations for each button. (The display willshow “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” button.)

(Eject button)

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs.

To eject the current compact disc, pushand release the compact disc eject button.

To eject a specific disc, push “�” (presetbutton 3) or “�” (preset button 4) until thenumber of the disc you want to eject isdisplayed. Push and release the eject but-ton.

To eject all discs at a time, press andhold the eject button until you hear abeep. The last compact disc played beforepushing the button will be ejected first. Ifthe ejected disc is not removed for a longtime, the eject function will be cancelled.

(Reverse/Fast−forward button)

Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or

“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward orreverse within a compact disc. When yourelease the button, the compact disc play-er will resume playing.

AM

Push the “AM” button to turn on the radioand select the AM band. “AM” will appearon the display.

AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-ance adjustment function)

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

Type 2−1—





ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer canbe turned on by turning the knob. In addi-tion, turning the knob allows you to selectfrom LOW, MID, and HIGH volume andtone settings. The ASL system automati-cally adjusts volume and tone in accor-dance with the driving speed. This helpsensure an optimal listening experienceeven if noise levels rise while driving.

Type 2−2—


MID: Adjusts mid−pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from −5 to 5.




WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

183


ASL: The Automatic Sound Levelizer canbe turned on by turning the knob. TheASL system automatically adjusts volumeand tone in accordance with ambient noiselevels. This helps ensure an optimal lis-tening experience even when road, windor other ambient noise levels rise.

RSE: Vehicles with a rear seat entertain-ment system—See “Rear seat entertain-ment system” on page 191 in this Section.

DISC·AUX (Compact disc)

Push the “DISC·AUX” button to play acompact disc.

When the audio system is set into com-pact disc operation, the display shows thetrack, or track and disc number currentlybeing played.

Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-tem—

The “DISC·AUX” button may also be usedto operate the DVD player when a disc isin the DVD player. Pressing the“DISC·AUX” button allows you to switchbetween the CD player and the DVD play-er. When the DVD player is in operation,“RSE DVD” appears on the display.

Vehicles with AUX adapter—

To switch between CD, DVD, and AUX(external device) modes, press the“DISC·AUX” button. The AUX mode is onlyavailable when AUX adapter is connectedto the system. When the AUX adapter isin use, “AUX” will appear on the display.

Error messages


“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot. Allow the player to cooldown.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-aged or inserted incorrectly (up−sidedown). Clean the disc and re−insert it.

“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer ofseparate unit is empty. Insert a disc.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem insidethe system. Eject the disc or magazine.Set the disc or magazine again.

“ERROR 4”: Over−current. Ask yourToyota dealer to inspect.

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changerlid of separate unit is open. Close thecompact disc changer lid.

If “NO MUSIC” appears on the display,it indicates that a disc with no MP3/WMAdata has been inserted. Remove the discfrom the player and insert an MP3/WMAdata disc.


� DISC �

Use these buttons to select a disc youwant to listen to.

Push “�” (preset button 3) or “�” (presetbutton 4) until the number of the disc youwant to listen to appears on the display.

FM1 FM2

Push the “FM1” or “FM2” button to turn onthe radio and select the FM band. “FM1”or “FM2” will appear on the display. Thissystem allows you to set twelve FM sta-tions, two for each of the preset button.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

184


FOLDER (Folder up/down)

To skip up or down to a different folder:Push either side of the “FOLDER” severaltimes until the number of the folder youwant to listen to appears on the display.

To jump to the first file in the first folder:Push and hold the “�” side of the buttonuntil you hear a beep.

When playing a disc featuring both audiodata (CD−DA) and MP3/WMA files, audiodata (CD−DA) is played.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc player. Thisplayer can store up to six discs.

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button, then inserta compact disc. After the disc is loaded,the shutter of the slot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold the button (until you hear a beepwhen the audio system is on). When theindicators on both sides of the slot turngreen, insert the first compact disc. Afterthe disc is loaded, the shutter of the slotwill close. After a few seconds, the shut-ter will automatically open again and theindicators will turn green so the next disccan be inserted. The same process canbe applied for loading the rest of thediscs. If the player is full of discs, “DISCFULL” will appear on the display.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

Compact disc player

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on one compactdisc in random order, or listen to thetracks on all the compact discs in themagazine in random order.

To play the tracks on one disc in randomorder: Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay and the player will perform thetracks on the disc you are listening to inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

To play all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-

pear on the display and the player willperform all the tracks on all the discs inthe magazine in random order. To turn offthe random feature, push this buttonagain.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

185


MP3/WMA player

There are two random playback features—you can either listen to all of the files onthe compact discs in random order. Youcan also listen to the files in a singlefolder in random order.

To randomly play the files in a folder:Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay.

To randomly play all of the files on thecompact disc:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” willappear on the display and the player willplay all of the files on the disc in randomorder. To turn off the random playbackfeature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.

Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-

pear on the display. The player will repeatall the tracks on the disc you are listeningto. When the disc ends, the player willautomatically go back to the first track onthe disc and replay. To turn off the repeatfeature, push this button again.

MP3/WMA player

There are two repeat features—you canrepeat a signal file or an entire folder.

Repeating a file:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the file is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe file ends, it will repeat automatically.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

Repeating a folder:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall of the files in the folder. When the lastfile in the folder ends, the folder will re-peat from the beginning. To turn off therepeat feature, push this button again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

186


SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up or down the band, stay therefor 5 seconds, and then move to the nextpreset station. To stop scanning, push thisbutton again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. Theradio will find the next station up or downthe station band, stay there for 5 seconds,and then scan again to the next station.To stop scanning, push this button again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan up or down all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. To stop scan-ning, push this button again. If the playerscanned all the tracks on the disc, it willstop scanning.

The discs in the compact disc changer ofseparate unit can be scanned up only.

Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ SCAN” will appear on the display andthe player will scan up or down the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the auto changerhas scanned all the discs, it will stopscanning.

The discs in the compact disc changer ofseparate unit can be scanned up only.

MP3/WMA player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the files in a folder on a specif-ic disc or scan the first file of all thefolder.

Scanning the files on a folder:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the files in the folder you arelistening to. To select a file, push the“SCAN” again. After all the tracks on thedisc have been scanned in one pass, nor-mal play resumes.

Scanning the first file of all the folders:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ SCAN” will appear on the display andthe player will scan the first file of thenext folder. To select a folder, push the“SCAN” again. After all the folders havebeen scanned in one pass, normal playresumes.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

187


SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again tofind the station after that.

Compact disc player

Use this button to skip up or down to adifferent track.

Push “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button until the number ofthe track you want to listen to appears onthe display. If you want to return to thebeginning of the current track, quicklypush the down side of the button onetime.


While the rear DVD player is in operation,the chapter or track can be changed bypushing the “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK·TRACK” button.

MP3/WMA player

To file up or down to a different file:Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”several times until the file you want tolisten to appears on the display. If youwant to return to the beginning of thecurrent file, push the “�” side of the but-ton one time.

To fast forward or reverse the disc:If you want to fast forward or reverse thedisc, push and hold it until you hear abeep. When you release the button, theplayer will resume playing.


While the rear DVD player is in operation,the chapter or track can be changed bypushing the “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK·TRACK” button.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TEXT

Compact disc player

This button is used to change the displayfor the compact disc that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while the com-pact disc is playing. The display changesin the order from the elapsed time to disctitle to track title, then back to theelapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compactdisc that does not contain text data isplaying, “NO TITLE” will appear on thedisplay.

If the entire disc or track title does notappear on the display, push and hold thebutton until you hear a beep. The rest ofthe title will appear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

188


MP3/WMA player

This button is used to change the displayfor the MP3/WMA file that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while theMP3/WMA file is playing. The displaychanges in the order from the elapsedtime to folder name to file name to disctitle to track title to artist name, then backto the elapsed time.

If this button is pushed while anMP3/WMA file that does not contain textdata is playing, “NO TITLE” will appear onthe display.

If the entire text data is not displayed,push and hold it until you hear a beep.The rest of the text data will appear.

TUNE·FILE (Tuning and File up/down)

Radio

Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob clockwise tostep up the frequency. Turn the knobcounterclockwise to step down the fre-quency.

MP3/WMA player

Turn the knob clockwise to file up. Turnthe knob counterclockwise to file down.

An AUX adapter is installed in the rearconsole box.

By inserting a mini plug into the AUXadapter, you can listen to music from aportable audio device through the vehicle’sspeaker system.

To use the AUX adapter, switch to theAUX mode (external device mode) bypressing the “DISC·AUX” button. When theAUX adapter is in use, “AUX” will appearon the display. To adjust the volume, turnthe “PWR·VOL” knob.

When using a portable audio device con-nected to the power outlet or cigarettelighter, noise may occur during playback.If this happens, use the power source ofthe portable audio device.

If you install an audio system other thana genuine audio system, you will not beable to use the AUX adapter.

AUX adapter

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

189


Some parts of the audio system can beadjusted using the switches on the steer-ing wheel.

Details of the specific switches, controls,and features are described below.

1. “+ −” switch

2. “MODE” switch

3. “� �” switch

“+ −” switch

Push “+” side to increase the volume. Thevolume continues to increase while theswitch is being pushed.

Push “−” side to decrease the volume.The volume continues to decrease whilethe switch is being pushed.

“MODE” switch

Push “MODE” switch to select an audiomode. Each push changes the mode se-quentially if the desired mode is ready touse.

To turn the audio system on, push the“MODE” switch.

To turn the audio system off, push andhold the “MODE” switch until the systemturns off.

“ � �” switch

Radio

To select a preset station:Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch. Do this again to selectthe next preset station.

To seek a station:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Do thisagain to find the next station. If you pushthe switch on either side during the seekmode, seeking will be cancelled.

To step up or down the frequency, pushand hold the switch even after you heara beep. When you release from theswitch, the radio will begin seeking up ordown for a station. Do this again to findthe next station.

Audio remote controls(steering switches)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

190


Compact disc player

To select a desired track:Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch until the track you wantto listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current track, pushthe “�” side of the switch once, quickly.


While the rear DVD player is in operation,the chapter or track can be changed bypushing the “�” or “�” side of the switch.


To select a desired disc:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Repeat thisuntil the disc you wish to listen to is set.

MP3/WMA player

To select a desired file:Quickly push and release the “�” or “�”side of the switch until the file you wantto listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current file, pushthe “�” side of the switch once, quickly.

To select a desired folder:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Repeat thisuntil the folder you want to listen to isset.


While the rear DVD player is in operation,the file can be changed by pushing the“�” or “�” side of the switch.


To select a desired disc:Push and hold the “�” or “�” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Repeat thisuntil the disc you want to listen to is set.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

191


The rear seat entertainment system con-sists of the following components.

1. Front audio system∗

2. DVD player

3. Rear seat entertainment system display

4. Rear seat entertainment systemcontroller

5. A/V input adapter

6. Power outlet (115 VAC)

7. Audio remote control switches∗

8. Power outlet main switch∗: For details, see “—Controls and fea-tures” on page 173 or “Audio remote con-trols” on page 189 in this section.

Rear seat entertainment system—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

192


The rear seat entertainment system is de-signed for the rear passengers to enjoyaudio and DVD video separately from thefront audio system.

The rear seat entertainment system canbe operated when the ignition key is inthe “ACC” or “ON” position.

The rear passengers can enjoy DVD vid-eo, audio CD, video CD, CD text, dts−CDand MP3.

The rear seat entertainment system canplay DVD video, audio CD, video CD, CDtext, dts−CD or MP3 only when a disc isloaded in the DVD player.

You can enjoy videos and sound whenyour personal audio system is connectedto the A/V input adapter. For details, referto the manufacturer’s instructions.

You can enjoy the rear seat entertainmentsystem with a wireless headphone. Thewireless headphone can be used withinrear seat. If the signal becomes weak, theheadphone will mute. For details, refer tothe manufacturer’s instructions.

With some wireless headphone generallyavailable in the market, it may be difficultto catch sound properly. Toyota recom-mends the use of Toyota genuine wirelessheadphone.

You can purchase a wireless headphoneat a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

� Do not operate a motor vehiclewhile using headphones. Doing somay cause an accident, resulting indeath or serious injury.

� With DVD player:

Conversational speech on someDVDs is recorded at a low volumeto emphasize the impact of soundeffects. If you adjust the volumeassuming that the conversationsrepresent the maximum volume lev-el that the DVD will play, you maybe startled by louder sound effectsor when you change to a differentaudio source. Be sure to adjust thevolume with this in mind.

Make sure the volume is not in-creased, before you turn on theheadphone.

To open the display, push the lock releasebutton.

—Display

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

193


Pull the display down to an easily view-able angle (between 90� and 125�)

NOTICE

The screen should be cleaned with adry soft cloth. If the screen is pushedby hand or wiped with a hard cloth,the surface of the screen may bescratched.

To close, push the display up until youhear a click.

The illumination of the screen is automati-cally turned off when the display isclosed. However, the rear seat entertain-ment system is not turned off.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, close the display whenit is not in use.

NOTICE

� Benzene or alkaline solutions maydamage the coated surface of thescreen .

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not turn on the rearseat entertainment system longerthan necessary when the engine isnot running.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

194


The rear seat entertainment system canbe operated with the rear seat entertain-ment system controller and buttons on theDVD player unit. The system cannot beoperated by touching the switches on thescreen directly.

CAUTION

Do not disassemble or modify thecontroller. It may cause an accident,fire or electric shock.

NOTICE

Keep the controller away from directsunlight, high heat and high humidity.These conditions could cause thecase to deform or the battery to ex-plode or leak.

BEFORE USING THE CONTROLLER (for new vehicle owners)

A battery is already set in the control-ler with an insulating sheet, which pre-vents the battery from being dis-charged. Before using the controller,remove the insulating sheet accordingto the following procedure.

1. Remove the cover of the controlleras shown.

—Rear seat entertainmentsystem controller

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

195


2. Remove the insulating sheet.

USING THE CONTROLLER

To use the rear seat entertainment sys-tem controller, direct the signal outputportion of the controller to the signalreception portion of the rear seat enter-tainment system display.

The controller does not operate properlywhen the signal reception portion of thedisplay is exposed to direct sunlight.Block the display from direct sunlight.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stopwhile driving, stow the controller inthe console box or front seat sidetable when it is not in use.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

196


NOTICE

Observe the followings, otherwise thecontroller may be damaged.

� Do not drop or strongly knock thecontroller against hard objects.

� Do not sit on or place heavy ob-jects on the controller.

� Do not leave the controller exposedto high temperatures (such as onthe instrument panel) for a longtime.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

197


1. “DVD” button

This button turns on the DVD mode.

2. “VIDEO” button

This button causes the display to usethe video signal from an external videodevice.

3. “OFF” button

This button turns off the rear seat en-tertainment system.

4. Joystick

This joystick selects a control switch,mode switch on the screen or themenu for the disc.

5. “ENT” button

This button inputs the selected switchor the selected menu for the disc.

6. “FOLDER ” button

This button selects a desired folder.

7. “FOLDER ” button

This button selects a desired folder.

8. “ ” button

This button fast forwards a screenwhen the DVD player is operated.

—Control buttons�Controller

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

198


9. “ ” button

This button stops a screen when theDVD player is operated.

10. “SET UP” button

This button indicates the initial set upscreen when the DVD player is oper-ated.

11. “MENU” button

This button indicates the menu screenfor DVD video when the DVD player isoperated.

12. “AUDIO” button

This button indicates the changing au-dio screen when the DVD player isoperated.

13. “SUB TITLE” button

This button indicates the changing sub-title screen when the DVD player isoperated.

14. “DISPLAY” button

This button adjusts the color, tone,contrast and brightness of the screen.

15. “SIZE” button

This button changes the display modewhen the DVD player is operated.

16. “ANGLE” button

This button selects the angle of thescreen when the DVD player is oper-ated.

17. “SEARCH” button

This button indicates the title searchscreen when the DVD player is oper-ated.

18. “TOP MENU” button

This button indicates the title selectionscreen for DVD video when the DVDplayer is operated.

19. “ ” button

This button reverse a screen when theDVD player is operated.

20. “� ” button

This button plays or pauses a screenwhen the DVD player is operated.

21. “TRACK/CHAPTER ” button

This button selects track/chapter.

22. “TRACK/CHAPTER ” button

This button selects track/chapter.

23. “OPTION” button

This button indicates the controlswitches on the screen when the DVDplayer is operated.

REPLACING CONTROLLER BATTERY

For replacement, use 3 AA batteries.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken to pre-vent small children from swallowingthe removed battery or components.

NOTICE

� When replacing the battery, be care-ful not to lose the components.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended by aToyota dealer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

199


Replace the battery according to the fol-lowing procedure:

1. Remove the cover of the controller asshown.

2. Remove the discharged batteries andput in the new batteries as shown.Install the cover.

NOTICE

� Be sure that the positive side andnegative side of the controller bat-tery should be faced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause rust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside of the controller, or itmay interfere with proper operation.

� Be careful not to bend the electrodeof the controller battery insertion.

� Close the battery case securely.

After replacing the battery, check that thecontroller operates properly. If the control-ler still does not operate properly, contactyour Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

200


To turn on the system, push the “DVD”button or “VIDEO” button.

When the “DVD” button is pushed, thedisc load screen changes to the DVDplayer operation screen.

When the “VIDEO” button is pushed, theimages and sounds from the personal au-dio machine are output.

The “DVD” button is effective only whena disc is inserted.

To turn off the system, push the “OFF”button.

When the front audio system is turned off,the rear audio system and the DVD playerwill be turned off simultaneously.

While the rear DVD player is in operation,the chapter or track can be changed bypushing the “�” or “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button.

For details, see “—Controls and features”on page 173 in this Section.

—Turning the rear seatentertainment system on andoff

—Operating the rear DVDplayer using the front audiosystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

201


The audio system controls in the instru-ment panel can be used to disable theoperation of the rear seat entertainmentsystem by rear seat passengers.

Turning on the rear system lock preventssmall children from using the remote con-troller or operation panel of the DVD play-er unit to operate the rear seat entertain-ment system during driving.

Turn the audio system on. Push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob repeatedly until“RSE” is displayed. Next, turn the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob until “ON” is displayed,and then push the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob.

When the rear system lock is on and anybutton is pushed on the remote controlleror the operation panel, the screen shownabove is displayed for approximately 6seconds.

Even when the rear system lock is turnedon during play mode, the images andsounds continue without interruption.

The condition of the rear system lock ismaintained, even when the ignition switchis turned off.

The DVD player can play audio CDs/MP3 CDs, DVD video discs, CD texts,dts−CDs and video CDs.

For appropriate discs for this player, see“Audio/video system operating hints” onpage 229 in this Section.

The DVD player works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

To turn on the DVD player, a disc mustbe loaded in the player.

To turn off the player, eject the disc.

Error messages


If “DISC CHECK” appears on thescreen: It indicates that the disc is dirty,damaged or it was inserted upside down.Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

If “REGION CODE ERROR” appears onthe screen: It indicates that the DVD re-gion code is not set properly.

If “DVD ERROR” appears on thescreen: There is a problem inside theplayer. Eject the disc. Set the disc again.


—Rear system lock —DVD player

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

202


INSERTING THE DISC

Insert a disc into the slot with the labelside up.

“DISC” indicator light turns on while thedisc is loaded.

If the label faces down, the disc cannotbe played. In this case, “DISC CHECK”and disc number appear on the screen.

If a disc which is not playable is inserted,“DISC CHECK” will also appear on thescreen. For appropriate discs for this play-er, see “Audio/video system operatinghints” on page 229 in this Section.

The player will play the track or chapter,and it will play from the beginning of thetrack or chapter again after it reaches theend.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the DVD player. Do not insertanything other than a disc into theslot.

8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles

Your compact disc player needs an adap-tor to play compact disc singles. Compactdisc singles are about 8 cm (3 in.) indiameter−smaller than standard discs.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

203


EJECTING THE DISC

Push the “ ” button.

The DVD player can be operated with thecontroller buttons directly.

1. “DVD” button

2. “SET UP” button

3. “MENU” button

4. “AUDIO” button

5. “SUB TITLE” button

6. “ANGLE” button

7. “SIZE” button

8. “SEARCH” button

9. “TOP MENU” button

10. “� ”, “ ”, “��” and “��” buttons

The player can also be operated with theswitches on the screen.

To operate the switches on the screen,select the switch by the joystick and pushthe “ENT” button. You cannot select theswitches on the screen by touching themdirectly.

When the switch is selected by the joys-tick, the outline of the switch changes toblue. Push the “ENT” button, and theswitch will be highlighted in green.

—DVD player operationswitches

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

204


TURNING THE OPERATION SWITCHESON AND OFF

To turn on the operation switches, pushthe “OPTION” button on the controller.

Top page (DVD video operation switch)

Second page (DVD video operationswitch)

Top page (video CD)

Second page (video CD)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

205


There are operation switches on the “Page1” and “Page 2” screens.

To change the screen, push the “Page 1”or “Page 2” switch on the screen.

If “ ” appears on the screen whenyou select a switch, it indicates thatthe switch cannot work.

On the screen

Controller

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

206


To turn off the switches on the screen,push the “OPTION” button on the control-ler once again or push the “Hide Buttons”on the screen.

—DVD player operationNOTE: The playback condition of someDVD video discs may be determined bythe DVD video software producer. ThisDVD player plays discs as the softwareproducer intended. Therefore, somefunctions may not work properly. Besure to read the instruction manual forthe DVD video disc separately provided.For detailed information about DVDvideo discs, see “—DVD video discinformation” on page 226 in thisSection.

Precautions for DVD video discs

When recording on a DVD video, videoCD or audio tracks may not record insome cases while the menu is displayed.As audio will not play in this case, verifythat the video tracks are playing and thenactivate playback.

The title/chapter number and playbacktime display may not appear while playingback certain DVD video discs.

CAUTION

Conversational speech on some DVDsis recorded at a low volume to em-phasize the impact of sound effects.If you adjust the volume assumingthat the conversations represent themaximum volume level available forthe DVD, you may be startled bylouder sound effects or when youchange to a different audio source.Loud sounds may have a significantimpact on the human body or pose adriving hazard. Keep this in mindwhen you adjust the volume.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

207


TURNING THE MENU SCREEN FOR THEDISC ON OR OFF

To turn on the menu screen for the disc,push the “Top Menu” or the “Menu” switchon the screen. You can also turn on themenu screen by pushing the “MENU” or“TOP MENU” button on the controller.

For the operation of the menu screen, seethe separate manual for the DVD disc.

You can select the menu for the disc bythe joystick and the “ENT” button on thecontroller.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

208


OPERATING THE “ � ”, “ ”, “ ��”AND “ ��” SWITCHES/BUTTONS

“� ” switch/button: Push this switch/but-ton to pause the disc or to cancel thepause and return to normal playing.

“ ” switch/button: This switch/buttonstops a screen when the DVD player isoperated.

“��” and “��” switches/buttons: Pushand hold the “��” or “��” switch/buttonto fast forward or reverse. When you re-lease the switch/button, the DVD playerwill resume playing.

Push the “��” switch/button while paus-ing, the DVD video plays the slow−motionvideo replay.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

209


SKIPPING TO THE PREDETERMINEDSCREEN

To skip to the predetermined screen, pushthe “Return” switch. The DVD player startsplaying from the beginning of the predeter-mined screen.

For further details of the predeterminedscreen, see the separate manual for theDVD disc.

SELECTING THE TITLE

To display the searching title screen, pushthe “Search” switch on the screen. Youcan also display the screen by pushingthe “SEARCH” button on the controller.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

210


Select the title number by using thejoystick and push the “ENT” button toenter the number. The player starts play-ing disc for that title number. The selectedtitle number will appear on the screen.

Push the “Back” switch to return to themenu screen.

CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE

Push the “Sub Title” switch on the screen,and then the changing subtitle languagescreen will appear. You can also displaythe screen by pushing the “SUB TITLE”button on the controller.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

211


Each time you push the “Sub Title” switch,another language stored on the disc isselected.

To turn off the subtitles, push the “HideButtons” switch.

Push the “Back” switch to return to theprevious screen.

The selected subtitle language will appearon the screen.

CHANGING AUDIO LANGUAGE

Push the “Audio” switch on the screenand then the changing audio languagescreen will appear. You can also displaythe screen by pushing the “AUDIO” buttonon the controller.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

212


Each time you push the “Audio” switch,another language stored on the disc isselected.

To turn off the audio language screen,push the “Hide Buttons” switch.


The selected audio language will appearon the screen.

CHANGING ANGLE SCREEN

Push the “Angle” switch on the screen,and then the changing angle screen willappear. You can also display the screenby pushing the “ANGLE” button on thecontroller.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

213


The angle can be selected for discs thatare multi−angle compatible when the “ ”mark appears on the screen. Each timeyou push the “Angle” switch, the anglechanges. The angle number which youcan select will appear on the screen.

To turn off the screen, push the “HideButtons” switch.


CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING

Push the “Set Up” switch on the screen,and then the initial setting screen will ap-pear. You can also display the screen bypushing the “SET UP” button on the con-troller. You can change the initial setting.

After the setting is done, the player playsfrom the beginning of the chapter or thetrack.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

214


Setup Menu screen

There are initial setting switches on the“Setup Menu” screen.

After you change the initial setting, pushthe “Enter” switch. The initial settingswitch will be turned off and return to thepicture previously.

When the “Default” switch is pushed, allmenus are initialized.

CHANGING THE AUDIO LANGUAGE

Push the “Audio Language” switch on the“Setup Menu” and the “Select AudioLang.” screen appears.

Select the language you want to hear bypushing the appropriate switch on thescreen.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,push the “Back” switch.

If you cannot find the language you wantto hear, push the “Others” switch. The“Enter Audio Lang. Code” screen will ap-pear.

To select an audio language, use the joys-tick to enter the appropriate 4−digit lan-guage code. For details of the languagecodes, see the language code list.

If a code which is not on the list is en-tered and the “ENT” button is pushed, the“Incorrect Code” screen will appear. Enterthe code of the language you want to hearagain.

To return to the “Select Audio Lang.”screen, push the “Back” switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

215


CHANGING THE SUBTITLE LANGUAGE

To display the “Select Subtitle Lang.”screen, push the “Subtitle Language”switch on the “Setup Menu” screen.

Select the language you want to read bypushing the appropriate switch on thescreen.


If you cannot find the language you wantto read, push the “Others” switch. The“Enter Subtitle Lang. Code” screen willappear.

To enter the code of the language youwant to read, use the joystick to enter theappropriate 4−digit language code. For de-tails about the language codes, see thelanguage code list.

Push the “ENT” button on the controller.If numbers which are not on the list areentered and the “ENT” button is pushed,the “Incorrect code” screen will appear.Enter the language code you want to readagain.

To return to the “Select Subtitle Lang.”screen, push the “Back” switch on thescreen.

CHANGING THE DVD LANGUAGE

To display the “Select DVD Lang.” screen,push the “DVD Language” switch on the“Setup Menu” screen.

Select the language you want to read onthe screen.


If you cannot find a language you want toread, push the “Others” switch. The “EnterDVD Lang. Code” screen will appear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

216


To enter the code of the language youwant to read, use the joystick to enter theappropriate 4−digit language code. For de-tails about the language codes, see thelanguage code list.

Push the “ENT” button on the controller.If numbers which are not on the list areentered and the “ENT” button is pushed,the “Incorrect code” screen will appear.Enter the language code you want to readagain.

To return to the “Select DVD Lang.”screen, push the “Back” switch on thescreen.

TURNING THE ANGLE MARK ON OROFF

The angle mark can be turned on fordiscs that are multi−angle compatible.

Each time you push the “Angle Mark”switch on the screen, the angle markturns on or off alternately.

SETTING LEVEL OF VIEWERRESTRICTIONS

You can restrict the play back screen bysetting the viewer restrictions. You canprevent the restriction with a password.Some discs do not supply a restriction.

To set the level of viewer restriction, pushthe “Parental Lock” switch on the “SetupMenu” screen. The “Enter Personal Code”screen will appear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

217


Enter the password and push the “ENT”button. The “Select Restriction Level”screen will appear.

You cannot change the setting without in-putting the password. When you forget orchange the password, push the “�” sideof the joystick ten times to initialize thepassword.


Push a parental level (1—8). The smallerthe level number, the stricter the age limit.Push the “Back” switch to return to the“Setup Menu” screen.

SETTING THE DISPLAY MODE

Pushing the “SIZE” button on the control-ler causes the display modes to changesequentially as follows:

Normal Wide1 Wide2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

218


LANGUAGE CODE LIST

Code Language

1001 Japanese

0514 English

0618 French

0405 German

0920 Italian

0519 Spanish

2608 Chinese

1412 Dutch

1620 Portuguese

1922 Swedish

1821 Russian

1115 Korean

0512 Greek

0101 Afar

0102 Abkhazian

0106 Afrikaans

0113 Amharic

0118 Arabic

0119 Assamese

0125 Aymara

0126 Azerbaijani

0201 Bashkir

0205 Byelorussian

0207 Bulgarian

0208 Bihari

0209 Bislama

0214 Bengali

0215 Tibetan

0218 Breton

0301 Catalan

0315 Corsican

0319 Czech

0325 Welsh

0401 Danish

0426 Bhutani

0515 Esperanto

0520 Estonian

0521 Basque

0601 Persian

0609 Finnish

0610 Fiji

0615 Faroese

0625 Frisian

0701 Irish

0704 Scots−Gaelic

0712 Galician

0714 Guarani

0721 Gujarati

0801 Hausa

0809 Hindi

0818 Croatian

0821 Hungarian

0825 Armenian

0901 Interlingua

0905 Interlingue

0911 Inupiak

0914 Indonesian

0919 Icelandic

0923 Hebrew

1009 Yiddish

1023 Javanese

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

219


1101 Georgian

1111 Kazakh

1112 Greenlandic

1113 Cambodian

1114 Kannada

1119 Kashmiri

1121 Kurdish

1125 Kirghiz

1201 Latin

1214 Lingala

1215 Laothian

1220 Lithuanian

1222 Latvian

1307 Malagasy

1309 Maori

1311 Macedonian

1312 Malayalam

1314 Mongolian

1315 Moldavian

1318 Marathi

1319 Malay

1320 Maltese

1325 Burmese

1401 Nauru

1405 Nepali

1415 Norwegian

1503 Occitan

1513 (Afan) Oromo

1518 Oriya

1601 Punjabi

1612 Polish

1619 Pashto, Pushto

1721 Quechua

1813 Rhaeto−Romance

1814 Kirundi

1815 Romanian

1823 Kinyarwanda

1901 Sanskrit

1904 Sindhi

1907 Sangho

1908 Serbo−Croatian

1909 Sinhalese

1911 Slovak

1912 Slovenian

1913 Samoan

1914 Shona

1915 Somali

1917 Albanian

1918 Serbian

1919 Siswati

1920 Sesotho

1921 Sundanese

1923 Swahili

2001 Tamil

2005 Telugu

2007 Tajik

2008 Thai

2009 Tigrinya

2011 Turkmen

2012 Tagalog

2014 Setswana

2015 Tonga

2018 Turkish

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

220


2019 Tsonga

2020 Tatar

2023 Twi

2111 Ukrainian

2118 Urdu

2126 Uzbek

2209 Vietnamese

2215 Volapük

2315 Wolof

2408 Xhosa

2515 Yoruba

2621 Zulu

SELECTING THE CHAPTER/TRACK

To select the chapter/track, push the“CHAPTER/TRACK ” button or“CHAPTER/TRACK ” button on thecontroller until the number of thechapter/track you want to select appearson the screen.

USING THE CONTROL SCREEN

When playing a disc, push the “DVD” but-ton on the controller. The status screenwill appear on the screen.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

221


SELECTING THE DISC MENU NUMBER(video CD only)

Push the “Select Number” switch and thenthe disc menu number search screen willappear. You can also display the screenby pushing the “SEARCH” button on thecontroller.

Enter the disc menu number by using thejoystick and push the “ENT” button. Theplayer starts playing the disc from theentered disc menu number. The entereddisc menu number will appear on thescreen.

Push the “Back” switch to return to themenu screen.

OPERATING THE “ � ”, “ ��” AND“��” SWITCHES (video CD only)

“� ” switch: Push this switch to pausethe disc or to cancel the pause and returnto normal playing.

“��” and “��” switches: Push thisswitch to fast forward or reverse. If youwant to return to the beginning of thecurrent track, release the switch.

Video CD only—

Push the “��” switch/button while paus-ing, the DVD video plays the slow−motionvideo replay.

—DVD player operation (videoCD/audio CD/CD text/MP3)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

222


TURNING ON THE DISC MENU (videoCD only)

Push the “Return” switch to turn on themenu screen for the disc.

For the operation of the menu screen, seethe manual for the video CD.

CHANGING MENU PAGE OR TRACK(video CD only)

Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu”switch while the disc menu is displayed.The next or previous page will appear onthe screen.

Push the “Next Menu” or “Prev. Menu”switch while the player is playing video.The next or previous track will besearched and played.

CHANGING A MULTIPLEXTRANSMISSION (video CD only)

Push the “Main/Sub” switch to change amultiplex transmission. The mode changesfrom Main/Sub to Main to Sub and backto Main/Sub by pushing the “Main/Sub”switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

223


CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING (videoCD only)

Push the “Set Up” switch on the screenand then the initial setting screen will ap-pear. You can also display the screen bypushing the “SET UP” button on the con-troller. You can change the initial setting.(See “CHANGING THE INITIAL SETTING”on page 213 in this Section for details.)

After the setting is done, the player playsfrom the beginning of the chapter or thetrack.

CD Text

CD MP3

USING THE CONTROL SCREEN

When playing a disc, push the “DVD” but-ton on the controller. The control screenwill appear on the screen.

CD text only—

The disc title and track title will appear onthe screen when pushing the “DVD” but-ton.

Details of the specific switches, controlsand features are described below.

1. “RPT” switch (audio CD and CD text)

Push the “RPT” switch while the trackis playing. When the track ends, it willautomatically replay. To turn off the re-peat feature, push this switch again.

2. “RAND” switch (audio CD and CD text)

Push the “RAND” switch. The playerwill play the tracks on the disc in ran-dom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this switch again.

3. “SCAN” switch (audio CD and CD text)

Push the “SCAN” switch. The playerwill scan all the tracks on the disc. Tostop scanning, push this switch again.When the player has scanned all thetracks on the disc, it will stop scan-ning.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

224


MP3 only—

Folder and file names will appear on thescreen when the “DVD” button is pushed.

The details of the specific switches, con-trols, and features are described below.

1. “RPT” switch

When the “RPT” switch is pushed whilea track is played, the track file will beplayed repeatedly until the switch ispushed again. When the switch ispushed for at least 0.8 seconds, all thefiles in a folder will be played repeat-edly. To turn off repeat play mode,push the switch again.

2. “RAND” switch

When the “RAND” switch is pushed,the files in a current folder will beplayed in random order. When theswitch is pushed for at least 0.8 sec-onds, all the files in the disk will beplayed in random. To turn off randomplay mode, push the switch again.

3. “SCAN” switch

When the “SCAN” switch is pushed, allthe files in a current folder will bescanned. Only the first 10 seconds ofeach file are played sequentially untilall the files are scanned. When theswitch is pushed for at least 0.8 sec-onds, the first 10 seconds of each ini-tial file of all the folders in the disk willbe played sequentially until the entireinitial files are scanned. To stop scan-ning, push the switch again.

4. “FLD ” switch

When the switch is pushed, the initialfile of the next folder will be played.

5. “ FLD” switch

When the switch is pushed, the initialfile of the previous folder will beplayed.

6. “DETAIL” switch

When the switch is pushed while atrack is played, the detailed file infor-mation of the track will be displayed.

You can adjust the color, contrast, toneand brightness of the screen.

Push the “DISPLAY” button on the control-ler and the “Display” screen will appear.

The screen may turn purple to deflect thesunlight. This is not a malfunction.

—Screen adjustment

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

225


Operate the joystick up and down to se-lect Brightness, Contrast, Tone, or Colorand left and right to make adjustments.

− or “Red” + or“Green”

Brightness Darkens Brightens

ContrastWeakensthecontrast

Strengthens thecontrast

Tone Weakensthe tone

Strengthens the tone

ColorStrengthens the redcolor

Strengthens the greencolor

After adjusting the screen, push the “ENT”button or “DISPLAY” button to return tothe previous screen.

The audio machine connected to the inputterminal adapter can be played in thevideo mode.

To select the video mode, push the“VIDEO” button on the controller.

—Selecting the video mode

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

226


DVD PLAYER AND DVD VIDEO DISCS

This DVD player conforms to NTSC col-or TV formats. DVD video discs con-forming to other formats such as PALor SECAM cannot be used.

Region codes: Some DVD video discshave a region code indicating where youcan use. If the DVD video disc is notlabeled “ALL” or “1”, you cannot use it inthis DVD player. If you attempt to play aninappropriate DVD video disc in this play-er, “REGION CODE ERROR” appears onthe screen. Even if the DVD video discdoes not have a region code, in somecases you cannot use it.

Marks shown on DVD video discs:

Indicates NTSC formatof color TV.

Indicates the numberof audio tracks.

Indicates the numberof language subtitles.

Indicates the numberof angles.

Indicates the screento be selected. Wide screen: 16:9Standard: 4:3

Indicates regions inwhich this video disccan be played.ALL: all countriesNumber: region code

DVD VIDEO DISC GLOSSARY

DVD video discs: Digital Versatile Discthat holds video. DVD video discs haveadopted “MPEG2”, one of the world stan-dards of digital compression technologies.The picture data is compressed by 1/40on average and stored. Variable rate en-coded technology in which the volume ofdata assigned to the picture is changeddepending on the picture format has alsobeen adopted. Audio data is stored usingPCM and Dolby digital, which enableshigher quality of sound. Furthermore, mul-ti−angle and multi−language features willalso help you enjoy the more advancedtechnology of DVD video.

Viewer restrictions: This feature limitswhat can be viewed in conformity with thelevel of restrictions of the country. Thelevel of restrictions varies depending onthe DVD video disc. Some DVD videodiscs cannot be played at all, or violentscenes are skipped or replaced with otherscenes.

Level 1: DVD video discs for children canbe played.

Level 2—7: DVD video discs for childrenand G−rated movies can be played.

—DVD video disc information

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

227


Level 8: All types of DVD video discs canbe played.

Multi−angle feature: You can enjoy thesame scene at different angles.

Multi−language feature: You can selectthe language of the subtitles and audio.

Region codes: Region codes are providedon DVD players and DVD discs. If theDVD video disc does not have the sameregion code as the DVD player, you can-not play the disc on the DVD player. Forregion codes, see page 226.

Audio: This DVD player can play linerPCM, Dolby digital, dts and MPEG audioformat DVD. Other decoded type cannotbe played.

Title and chapter: Video and audio pro-grams stored on DVD video discs are di-vided in parts by title and chapter.

Title: The largest unit of the video andaudio programs stored on DVD videodiscs. Usually, one piece of a movie, onealbum, or one audio program is assignedas a title.

Chapter: A unit smaller than a title. A titlecomprises plural chapters.

Manufactured under license from DolbyLaboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, andthe double−D symbol are trademarks ofDolby Laboratories. Confidential unpub-lished works.�1992−1997 Dolby Laboratories. Allrights reserved.

“dts” is a trademark of Digital TheaterSystems, Inc.

The rear entertainment system plays vid-eos and sound when an audio−videoequipment is connected to the A/V inputadapter. For details, refer to the manufac-turer’s instructions.

—A/V input adapter

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

228


To use the adapter, open the cover.

The A/V input adapter is composed of 3input adapters.

Yellow: Image input adapterRed: Audio input adapterWhite: Audio input adapter

NOTICE

Close the cover when the A/V inputadapter is not in use. Inserting a for-eign object other than the appropriateplug may cause electrical failure orshort circuit.

This power outlet is designed for use asa power supply for the audio device con-nected to the A/V input adapter.

The key must be in the “ON” position forthe power outlet to be used.

The maximum capacity for this power out-let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt touse an appliance that requires more than115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuitwill activate and cut the power supply.The power supply will restart automaticallywhen you use an appliance that operateswithin the 115 VAC/100W limits.

To use the power outlet, push the mainswitch on the instrument panel.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethat the power outlet is ready for use.

Push the main switch once again to turnthe power outlet off. When the power out-let is not in use, make sure that the mainswitch is turned off.

—Power outlet

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

229


NOTICE

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlet longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlet is not in use. Insertinga foreign object other than the ap-propriate plug that fits the outletmay cause electrical failure or shortcircuit.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following electric appliances even iftheir power consumption is under 115VAC/100W. These appliances may notoperate properly.

� Appliances with high initial peak watt-age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,compressor−driven refrigerators, electricpumps, electric tools, etc.

� Measuring devices which process pre-cise data: medical equipment, measur-ing instruments, etc.

� Other appliances requiring an extremelystable power supply: microcomputer−controlled electric blankets, touch sen-sor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may causeradio noise.

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio/video systemoperation:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acompact disc into the slot.

� Do not put anything other than aDVD video, video CD, dts−CD or au-dio CD into the DVD player.

� The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

Audio/video system operatinghints

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

230


For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere–especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER, DVD PLAYER AND DISCS

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player and DVDplayer from working. On hot days, usethe air conditioning to cool the vehicleinterior before you use the players.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player andDVD player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer and DVD player, the playersmay not play even though they appearto be working. Remove the disc fromthe player and wait until it dries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players and DVD play-ers use an invisible laser beam whichcould cause hazardous radiation ex-posure if directed outside the unit. Besure to operate the players correctly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

231


Compact disc player

Audio CDs

� Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

SACDdts−CDCopy−protected CDCD−R (CD−Recordable)CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)CD−ROM

DVD player

Audio CDs

DVD videodiscs

Video CDs

� Use only discs marked as shownabove. The following products may notbe playable on your DVD player.

SACDCopy−protected CDCD−R (CD−Recordable)CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)CD−ROMDVD−RDVD+RDVD+RWDVD−RWDVD−ROMDVD−RAM

Special shaped discs

Transparent/translucent discs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

232


Low quality discs

Labeled discs

NOTICE

� Do not use special shaped, trans-parent/translucent, low quality or la-beled discs such as those shown inthe illustrations. The use of suchdiscs may damage the player orchanger, or it may be impossible toeject the disc.

� This system is not designed for useof Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Discbecause it may cause damage tothe player or changer.

Correct Wrong

� Handle the discs carefully, especiallywhen you are inserting them. Holdthem on the edge and do not bendthem. Avoid getting fingerprints onthem, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa chapter or track. (To see a pin hole,hold the disc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not playing them.Store them in their plastic cases awayfrom moisture, heat, and direct sun-light.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

233


To clean a disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint−free cloth that has been dampened withwater. Wipe in a straight line from thecenter to the edge of the disc (not incircles). Dry it with another soft, lint−freecloth. Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or anti−static device.

MP3/WMA FILES

� MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) and WMA(Windows Media Audio) are audio com-pression standards.

� The MP3/WMA player can play MP3and WMA files on CD−ROM, CD−R andCD−RW discs.

The unit can play disc recordings com-patible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level2 and with the Romeo and Joliet filesystem.

� When naming an MP3 or WMA file,add the appropriate file extension (.mp3or .wma).

� The MP3/WMA player plays back fileswith .mp3 or .wma file extensions asMP3 or WMA files. To prevent noiseand playback errors, use the appropri-ate file extensions.

� Multi−session compatible CDs can alsobe played.

� MP3 files are compatible with the ID3Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2, andVer. 2.3 formats. The unit cannot dis-play disc title, track title and artistname in other formats.

� WMA files can contain a WMA tag thatis used in the same way as an ID3tag. WMA tags carry information suchas track title, artist name.

� The emphasis function is available onlywhen playing MP3/WMA files recordedat 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz. (The systemcan play MP3 files with sampling fre-quencies of 16, 22.05, and 24 kHz.However, the emphasis function is notavailable for files recorded at these fre-quencies.)

� The sound quality of MP3/WMA filesgenerally improves with higher bitrates. In order to achieve a reasonablelevel of sound quality, discs recordedwith a bit rate of at least 128 kbps arerecommended.

Playable bit ratesMP3 files:MPEG1 LAYER3—64 to 320 kbpsMPEG2 LSF LAYER3—64 to 160 kbpsWMA files:Ver. 7, 8 CBR—48 to 192 kbpsVer. 9 CBR—48 to 320 kbps

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

234


� The MP3/WMA player does not playback MP3/WMA files from discs record-er using packet write data transfer(UDF format). Discs should be re-corded using “pre−mastering” softwarerather than packet−write software.

� M3u playlists are not compatible withthe audio player.

� MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PROformats are not compatible with the au-dio player.

� The MP3 player is compatible withVBR (Variable Bit Rate).

� When playing back files recorded asVBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the playtime will not be correctly displayed iffast−forward or reverse operations areused.

� It is not possible to check folders thatdo not include MP3/WMA files.

� MP3/WMA files in folders up to 8 lev-els deep can be played. However, thestart of playback may be delayed whenusing discs containing numerous levelsof folders. For this reason, we recom-mend creating discs with no more thantwo levels of folders.

� It is possible to play up to 192 foldersor 255 files on one disc.

001.mp3002.wma

Folder 1003.mp3

Folder 2004.mp3005.wma

Folder 3006.mp3

� The play order of the compact discwith the structure shown on the left isas follows:

CD−R and CD−RW discs

� CD−R/CD−RW discs that have not beensubject to the “finalizing process” (aprocess that allows discs to be playedon a conventional CD player) cannotbe played.

� It may not be possible to playCD−R/CD−RW discs recorded on a mu-sic CD recorder or a personal comput-er because of disc characteristics,scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt,condensation, etc. on the lens of theunit.

� It may not be possible to play discsrecorded on a personal computer de-pending on the application settings andthe environment. Record with the cor-rect format. (For details, contact theappropriate application manufacturers ofthe applications.)

� CD−R/CD−RW discs may be damagedby direct exposure to sunlight, hightemperatures or other storage condi-tions. The unit may be unable to playsome damaged discs.

� If you insert a CD−RW disc into theMP3/WMA player, playback will beginmore slowly than with a conventionalCD or CD−R disc.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

235


� Recordings on CD−R/CD−RW cannotbe played using the DDCD (DoubleDensity CD) system.

TERMS

Packet write—

This is a general term that describes theprocess of writing data on−demand toCD−R, etc., in the same way that data iswritten to floppy or hard discs.

ID3 Tag—

This is a method of embedding track−re-lated information in an MP3 file. This em-bedded information can include the tracktitle, the artist’s name, the album title, themusic genre, the year of production, com-ments and other data. The contents canbe freely edited using software with ID3tag editing functions. Although the tagsare restricted to the number of characters,the information can be viewed when thetrack is played back.

WMA Tag—

WMA files can contain a WMA tag that isused in the same way as an ID3 tag.WMA tags carry information such as tracktitle, artist name.

ISO 9660 format—

This is the international standard for theformatting of CD−ROM folders and files.For the ISO 9660 format, there are twolevels of regulations.

Level 1:

The file name is in 8.3 format (8 charac-ter file names, with a 3 character fileextension. File names must be composedof one−byte capital letters and numbers.The “_” symbol may also be included.)

Level 2:

The file name can have up to 31 charac-ters (including the separation mark “.” andfile extension). Each folder must containfewer than 8 hierarchies.

m3u—

Playlists created using “WINAMP” softwarehave a playlist file extension (.m3u).

MP3—

MP3 is an audio compression standarddetermined by a working group (MPEG) ofthe ISO (International Standard Organiza-tion). MP3 compresses audio data toabout 1/10 the size of that on convention-al discs.

WMA—

WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audiocompression format developed byMicrosoft. It compresses files into a sizesmaller than that of MP3 files. The decod-ing formats for WMA files are Ver. 7, 8,and 9.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

236


Phone Setup (see page 242)

� Pair phone

To use the hands−free system, youneed to register your phone in the sys-tem.

� Change name

The registered phone names can bechanged.

� Delete

The registered phones can be deleted.

� List phones

The registered phone names can bechecked.

� Select phone

The registered phones can be selected.

� Set passkey

The passkey can be changed.

Security (see page 247)

� Set PIN

The PIN can be set or changed.

� Phone book lock

The phone book can be locked.

� Phone book unlock

The locked phone book can be un-locked.

System Setup (see page 251)

� Adjust Guidance Volume

Guidance volume can be adjusted.

� Initialize

Phone Book (see page 251)

� Add Entry

Phone numbers and voice tags can beregistered.

� Change Name

The registered names can be changed.

� Delete Entry

The registered names can be deleted.

� Delete Speed Dial

The registered speed dial can be de-leted.

� List names

The registered names can be checked.

� Set Speed Dial

Speed dials can be set

Redial (see page 259)

Callback (see page 260)

Making a phone call (see page 262)

Receiving a phone call (see page 264)

Talking on the phone (see page 265)

Hands−free phone system——Reference

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

237


This system supports Bluetooth �, awireless system that allows you tomake or receive calls without takingyour hands from the steering wheel andwithout using cables to connect thephone and system.

The phone must be paired to the systembefore using the hands−free feature. Ifyour cellular phone does not supportBluetooth�, this system will not function.

CAUTION

While you are driving, do not use acellular phone or connect theBluetooth � phone.

NOTICE

Do not leave your cellular phone inthe car. The temperature indoor maybe high and damage the phone.

The system may not function in the follow-ing conditions and places:

� The cellular phone is turned off.

� The current position is outside thecommunication area.

� The cellular phone is not connected.

� The cellular phone has a low battery.

� The cellular phone is located behindthe seat or in the glove box and con-sole box.

� The cellular phone touches or is cov-ered with metal materials.

This system supports the following ser-vice.

� HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver.1.0

� OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver.1.1

If your cellular phone does not supportHFP, you cannot enter the Bluetooth�phone, and take OPP service individually.

Bluetooth is a trademark owned byBluetooth SIG. Inc.

—Some basics

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

238


When transferring ownership of the ve-hicle:

A lot of personal data is registeredwhen you use the hands−free system.When transferring ownership of the ve-hicle, initialize the system.

If you initialize it, the former state willnever come back again. Pay much atten-tion when initializing the data.

You can initialize the following data in thesystem.

� Phone book data

� Dialed numbers and received calls

� Speed dial

� Bluetooth� phone data

� Security code

FCC ID: BABBT010AIC ID: 2024B−BT010AMADE IN CHINA

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS−210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) This device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

NOTE: This equipment has beentested and found to comply with thelimits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installa-tion. This equipment generates, usesand can radiate radio frequency ener-gy and, if not installed and used inaccordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not oc-cur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful inter-ference to radio or television recep-tion, which can be determined by turn-ing the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct theinterference by one or more of thefollowing measures:−Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.−Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.−Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.−Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

239


CAUTION: Radio Frequency RadiationExposureThis equipment complies with FCC/ICradiation exposure limits set forth foruncontrolled equipment and meets theFCC radio frequency (RF) ExposureGuidelines in Supplement C to OET65and RSS−102 of the IC radio frequen-cy (RF) Exposure rules. This equip-ment has very low levels of RF ener-gy that it deemed to comply withoutmaximum permissive exposure evalua-tion (MPE). But it is desirable that itshould be installed and operated withat least 20 cm and more between theradiator and person’s body (excludingextremities: hands, wrists, feet andlegs).

Co−location: This transmitter mustnot be co−located or operated in con-junction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

Steering switches

Microphone

1. Volume control switch

To increase the volume: Push “+”.To decrease the volume: Push “−”.

When driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) ormore, the volume automatically increaseswithout switch adjustment. When yourspeed falls below 70 km/h (43 mph), thevolume automatically returns to its originallevel.

Voice guidance volume cannot be changedby pushing the volume control switch onthe steering wheel.

2. Talk switch

Pushing the talk switch turns the hands−free system on and initiates the speechcommand system.

3. On−hook switch

When the hands−free system is on, push-ing the on−hook switch turns the hands−free system off.

Pushing and holding the talk switch endsthe speech command system.

4. Off−hook switch

Pushing the off−hook switch turns thehands−free system on.

When receiving a call, pushing the off−hook switch allows you to talk on thephone.

—Control and features�Steering switches and microphone

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

240


5. Microphone

The microphone is used when talking onthe phone or using the speech commandsystem.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

241


1. Display

Displays such items as the reception lev-el, a party’s name and phone number. See“DISPLAY” described on the followingpage for further details about the display.

2. “AUDIO CONTROL” knob

Turning the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob dis-plays the menu items, names, numbers,etc. to be selected. To select an item,push the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob. Due tosafety concerns, the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob does not function while the vehicleis in motion.

3. “TEXT” button

When the party’s name or phone numberis too long to be displayed, pushing andholding the “TEXT” button displays the re-maining characters.

4. Preset buttons

Pushing the preset button displays theregistered speed dial numbers.

�Audio unit

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

242


DISPLAY

1. Bluetooth � display

Displays when a Bluetooth� connection ismade. If there is no display, theBluetooth� connection has not been madeand communication between the phoneand system is not possible. When usingthe hands−free system, make sure that[BT] is displayed. The display is updatedin real time.

2. Reception level display

Displays the cellular phone reception lev-els. This may not match the display onthe cellular phone. The reception level ofsome cellular phones may not be dis-played.

The number of bars is greater when thesignal received is stronger.

3. Message display

Displays phone numbers, names, com-ments, menu items, etc.

The phone setup menu includes the fol-lowing:

� Pair Phone

To use the hands−free system, you needto register your phone in the system.Once you have registered it, you canmake a hands−free call. Up to 6 phonescan be registered.

� Select Phone

When the system connects to Bluetooth�,the phone previously used is automaticallyselected. Select a different phone if nec-essary. Only the selected phone can beused with the hands−free system.

� Change Name

The registered phone names can bechanged.

� List Phones

The registered phone names can bechecked.

The following can be performed during thename playback:

� Select phone

� Change name

� Delete

—Phone Setup

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

243


� Set PassKey

The passkey can be changed. A 4 to 8digit code can be input as a passkey.

� Delete

The registered phones can be deleted.

To enter the phone setup menu

1. Push the off−hook switch to turn thehands−free system on.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Setup] is displayed and push the knob.

[Setup. Please push the talk switch andsay security, or phone setup.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Phone Setup] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[Phone setup. Push the talk switch andsay pair phone, select phone, changename, list phones, set passkey or delete.]is heard.

[XXX (phone name) already selected.] isheard and the phone name is displayed.

If no phone has been registered, the sys-tem may not function properly.

To pair phones

1. Push the talk switch and say [Pairphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Pair Phone] is displayedand push the knob.

[Pair. Push the talk switch and say aname for the phone.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say the desired phone name.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[XXX (desired phone name) Ready forphone pairing. Please use the phone toconnect it to the hands−free system. Thepasskey for the phone is....] is heard.

After [HANDS FREE] is displayed, a pass-key∗ is displayed and [Searching.] isheard.

4. Input the displayed passkey into thephone.

[The phone is paired and ready for use.Returning to the main menu.] is heard and[Paired] is displayed.

The system may not function in the follow-ing cases:

� If 6 phones have already been regis-tered.

� If the vehicle is moving.

� If the system cannot communicate withthe phone.

∗: Passkey is a password required to reg-ister a phone to the system.

INFORMATION

� To use the hands−free system, youneed to register your phone in thesystem. Once you have registeredit, you can make a hands−free call.Up to 6 phones can be registered.

� For the operation of the phone, seethe manual that comes with yourcellular phone.

� The passkey can be changed. Seepage 246 for changing the passkey.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

244


To select a phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Selectphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Select Phone] is displayedand push the knob.

[Select phone. Push the talk switch andsay the phone name or say list phones.]is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe desired phone name is displayedand push the knob.

When the phone is selected by a voicecommand:

[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone name is displayed.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-firm] is displayed and push the knob.

[XXX selected. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

When the phone is selected by usingthe knob:

[XXX selected. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.


� If the phone is not found.

� If the system does not recognize thevoice command.

To change a name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

[Change name. Push the talk switch andsay the phone name to change.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe phone name that you want tochange is displayed and push theknob.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

245


When the phone is selected by a voicecommand:

[XXX (phone name) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone name is displayed.


[Push the talk switch and say a newname.] is heard.


[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.

When the phone is selected by usingthe knob:

[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand the phone name is displayed.




[XXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.


� If no phone has been registered.


To list phones

1. Push the talk switch and say [Listphones], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [List Phones] is dis-played and push the knob.

[List phones. To select a name, push thetalk switch during the name playback.] isheard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions.

[Push the talk switch and say selectphone, change name, or delete.] is heard.

Select one of the following:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

246


Select phone

Push the talk switch and say [Selectphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Select Phone] is displayed andpush the knob.

For further details on selecting a phone,see page 244.

Change name

Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

For further details on changing a name,see page 244.

Delete

Push the talk switch and say [Delete], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Delete] is displayed and push the knob.

For further details on deleting a phone,see page 247.

If no phone has been registered, the sys-tem may not function properly.

To set a passkey

1. Push the talk switch and say [Setpasskey], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Set Passkey] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set Passkey. The passkey is required forthe phone pairing process. Push the talkswitch and say a new passkey.] is heardand passkey is displayed.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toselect a number.

When using a voice command:

[XXXX (new passkey) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, continue add-ing numbers, or say go back or delete.]is heard and the new passkey is dis-played.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Passkey changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

When using the knob:

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toselect a number. Push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob to set.

2. When the passkey is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[Passkey changed. Returning to the phonesetup.] is heard.

The system does not function in the fol-lowing cases:

� If the passkey has less than 4 digits.

� If the passkey has more than 8 digits.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

247


To delete a phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Delete],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Delete] is displayed and push theknob.

[Delete. Push the talk switch and say thephone name to delete.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe phone name you want to delete isdisplayed and push the knob.


[XXX (desired phone name) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard and the phone name isdisplayed.

Follow voice guidance instructions, or turnthe “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until [Con-firm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] isheard and $[Deleted]$ is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone setup.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


� If no phone has been registered.


The security menu includes the following:

� Set PIN (Personal Identification Num-ber)

The PIN can be set or changed.

� Phone book lock

The phone book can be locked.

When the phone book is locked, the fol-lowing functions cannot be used:

� Dial by name

� Redial

� Callback

� Speed Dial

� PhoneBook


The locked phone book can be unlocked.

—Security

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

248


To enter the security menu



[Setup. Please push the talk switch andsay security, or phone setup.] is heard.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Security] is displayed and push theknob.

[Security. Push the talk switch and sayset PIN, phone book lock, or phone bookunlock.] is heard.

To set a PIN

Push the talk switch and say [Set PIN],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Set PIN] is displayed and push the knob.

[There is no PIN number set. Please reg-ister a PIN number. Please push the talkswitch and say a four−digit PIN number.]is heard.


1. Push the talk switch and say a newPIN number.


[The PIN number has been set. Returningto the security.] is heard and [Completed]is displayed.



2. Repeat the above procedure until theentire four−digit number is set.

3. When the PIN is set, push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob.



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

249


If the PIN is to be changed:

[There is a PIN number in place. Push thetalk switch and say the correct PIN num-ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis-played.

1. Follow voice guidance instructions, oruse the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toinput the current PIN number.

[Please push the talk switch and say afour−digit PIN number.] is heard.

2. Push the talk switch and say new PINnumber.


If the current number is not correct, thesystem does not function properly.

INFORMATION

Do not forget your PIN. If you forgetthe PIN, initialization will be neces-sary. For details about initialization,see page 251.

To lock the phone book

1. Push the talk switch and say [Phonebook lock], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Phbk Lock] is dis-played and push the knob.

[There is a PIN number in place. Push thetalk switch and say the correct PIN num-ber.] is heard and [Current PIN?] is dis-played.



[XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow locked. Returning to the main menu.]is heard and [Locked] is displayed.



2. When the PIN number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow locked. Returning to the main menu.]is heard and [Locked] is displayed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

250



� If the current number is not correct.

� If the phone book has already beenlocked.

� If the PIN number does not exist.

To unlock the phone book

1. Push the talk switch and say [Phonebook unlock], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Phbk Unlock] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Phonebook unlock. There is a PIN num-ber in place. Push the talk switch and saythe correct PIN number.] is heard and[Current PIN?] is displayed.



[XXXX (PIN number) Push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow unlocked. Returning to the mainmenu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis-played.



2. When the PIN number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heardand the PIN number is displayed.


[PIN number accepted. The phone book isnow unlocked. Returning to the mainmenu.] is heard and [Unlocked] is dis-played.


� If the current number is not correct.

� If the phone book has already beenunlocked.

INFORMATION

A shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available. Enter thephone book menu, push the off−hookswitch, and say either of the follow-ing:

� Phone book lock


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

251


The system setup menu includes the fol-lowing:

� Adjust Guidance Volume

� Initialize

To enter the system setup menu



3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[System Setup] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[System setup. Please select guidancevolume or initialize.] is heard.

To adjust the guidance volume

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Guidance Vol] is displayed and pushthe knob.

[Guidance will be at this volume] is heardand the present volume level is displayed.

2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob toadjust the volume and push the knob.

To initialize

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Initialize] is displayed and push theknob.

[System initialization. This will erase alluser information in the hands free system;including paired phones, phone book en-tries, and call history. Select confirm toinitialize. Otherwise, select go back.] isheard.

2. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[System initialization. This will erase alluser information in the hands free system;including paired phones, phone book en-tries, and call history. Select confirm toinitialize. Otherwise, select go back.] isheard.

3. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push theknob.

[Initialized. Returning to the main menu.]is heard.

The phone book menu includes the follow-ing:

� Add Entry

Phone numbers and voice tags can beregistered.

� Change Name

The registered names can be changed.

� Delete Entry

The registered names can be deleted.

� Delete Speed Dial

The registered speed dial can be deleted.

� List Names

The registered names can be checked.

� Set Speed Dial

Speed dials can be set.

Up to 20 numbers can be registered inthe phone book.

—System Setup —Phone Book

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

252


To enter the phone book menu


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Phonebook] is displayed and push theknob.

[Phone book. Please push the talk switchand say add entry, change name, deleteentry, list names, set speed dial or deletespeed dial.] is heard.

If the phone book is locked, the systemmay not function properly.

To add entry

The add entry includes the following:

(a) By Voice

(b) By Phone

(c) Call History

(d) Manual Input

Push the talk switch and say [Add entry],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Add Entry] is displayed and push theknob.

[Add Entry. How will the number be en-tered. Push the talk switch and say byvoice, by phone, or call history.] is heard.

(a) By Voice

1. Push the talk switch and say [Byvoice], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [By Voice] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Voice entry. Push the talk switch and saythe number.] is heard.

2. Push the talk switch and say the dialnumber that you want to register.

[To store, push the talk switch and sayconfirm. Otherwise, continue adding num-bers, or say go back, or delete.] is heardand number is displayed.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

253


If [Confirm] is said, then input a voicetag.

[Push the talk switch and say a name.] isheard.

1. Push the talk switch and say the nameof the dial number that you want toregister.

[XXXX (phone number) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard.


[Stored. To register this as a speed dialentry, push the talk switch and say setspeed dial. Otherwise, say confirm.] isheard and [Stored] is displayed.

3. Select one of the following:

� Confirm

� Speed Dial

Confirm

Push the talk switch and say [Confirm], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Confirm] is displayed and push the knob.

[Returning to the phone book.] is heard.

Speed Dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [Setspeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set speed dial. Push the preset button toassign to XXXX] is heard.

2. Push and hold the desired preset but-ton.

[preset... is now assigned. Returning tothe phone book.] is heard.


� If the phone book is full.

� If the dial number has more than 24digits.

(b) By Phone

1. Push the talk switch and say [Byphone], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [By Phone] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Phone entry. Prepare to send the informa-tion from the phone. When ready, pushthe talk switch and say confirm.] is heard.


[Send the information at this time.] isheard.

After the system has received the nameand phone number, [Push the talk switchand say confirm. To select an alternatenumber, say next or previous. Otherwise,say go back.] is heard and the name andphone number are displayed.

3. Follow voice guidance instructions,push the talk switch and say [Confirm],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil the dial number that you want toregister is displayed and push theknob.

Next, input a voice tag.

For further details, see page 252.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

254


(c) Call History

1. Push the talk switch and say [Call his-tory], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Call History] is displayedand push the knob.

[Call history. Push the talk switch and sayincoming or outgoing.] is heard and [CallHistory] is displayed.

2. Select one of the following:

� Incoming

� Outgoing

Incoming

1. Push the talk switch and say [Incom-ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Incoming] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Most recent incoming call was XXXX(phone number)] is heard and the incom-ing number is displayed.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] isheard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.



Outgoing

1. Push the talk switch and say [Outgo-ing], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Outgoing] is displayed andpush the knob.

[Most recent outgoing call was XXXX] isheard and the outgoing number is dis-played.

[Push the talk switch and say confirm.Otherwise, say previous, or go back.] isheard.




(d) Manual Input

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Manual Input] is displayed and pushthe knob.


3. When the number is set, push the“AUDIO CONTROL” knob.



INFORMATION

� The system can recognize singledigits from zero to nine, #(pound),*(star), and +(plus). Numbers thatare ten or greater are not recog-nized.

� To speed up input, it is a good ideato group all digits into a continuousstring. However, you can enter eachdigit individually or group digits to-gether in preferred string lengths.

The display corresponding to each op-eration appears on the screen as fol-lows:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

255


Input operation—

You say: [Nine, nine, five]

Voice output: [995 to store push thetalk switch and say confirm. Other-wise, continue adding numbers, orsay go back, or delete.]

Display: [995]

You say: [Seven, three, four]

Voice output: [734 to store push thetalk switch and say confirm. Other-wise, continue adding numbers, orsay go back, or delete.]

Display: [995734]

Repeat the above procedure until theentire number that you want to regis-ter is input.

Go back operation—

You say: [Go back]

Voice output: [Go back. The last num-bers said have been removed. Pushthe talk switch and say the number.]

Display: [995]

Repeating the above operation deletesthe last digits in reverse order of in-put.

Delete operation—

You say: [Delete]

Voice output: [Deleted. Push the talkswitch and say the number.]

Display: [Delete]

The display will return to the initialscreen that allows a number to beinput.

To list names

The voice tags can be edited during thename playback.

1. Push the talk switch and say [Listnames], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [List Names] is displayedand push the knob.

[List names. To select a name, push thetalk switch during the name playback.] isheard.


[XXXX selected.] is heard and [Selected]is displayed.

If you push the off−hook switch during thename playback, you can dial the numberof the selected name.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

256


Editing the voice tags

The following can be performed:

� Dial

� Change Name

� Delete Entry

� Speed Dial

[Push the talk switch and say dial, changename, delete entry, or set speed dial.] isheard and [Selected] is displayed.

Dial

Push the talk switch and say [Dial], orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Dial] is displayed and push the knob.

Change Name

Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.


Delete Entry

Push the talk switch and say [Deleteentry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Delete Entry] is displayed andpush the knob.


Speed dial

Push the talk switch and say [Set speeddial], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Speed Dial] is displayed and pushthe knob.


To delete entry

1. Push the talk switch and say [Deleteentry], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Delete Entry] is displayedand push the knob.

[Delete entry. Push the talk switch andsay the name to delete.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe name that you want to delete isdisplayed and push the knob.


[XXXX (name) Push the talk switch andsay confirm. Otherwise, say go back.] isheard and the name is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


[Deleted. Returning to the phone book.] isheard and [Deleted] is displayed.


� If no name has been registered.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

257


To delete speed dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [Deletespeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Del Spd Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Delete speed dial. Push the preset buttonto delete from speed dial.] is heard.

2. Select the preset button that you wantto delete.

[To delete preset... push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard and [Deleted] is dis-played.

[Returning to the phone book.] is heard.


� If no speed dial has been registered.

� If the preset button has not been as-signed.

To change name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Changename], or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL”knob until [Change Name] is displayedand push the knob.

[Change name. Push the talk switch andsay the name to change.] is heard.

2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want tochange is displayed and push theknob.


[XXXX (phone number) Push the talkswitch and say confirm. Otherwise, say goback.] is heard and the phone number isdisplayed.



2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say new name.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonebook.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

258




1. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Record Name] is displayed, push theknob and say new name.

[XXXX Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.


[Name changed. Returning to the phonebook.] is heard and [Changed] is dis-played.




To set speed dial

1. Push the talk switch and say [SetSpeed dial], or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until [Speed Dial] is dis-played and push the knob.

[Set speed dial. Push the talk switch andsay a name.] is heard.



[XXXX (phone number) To register this asa speed dial entry, push the talk switchand say confirm. Otherwise, say go back.]is heard and the phone number is dis-played.


[Push the preset button to assign toXXXX] is heard.

2. Push and hold the desired preset but-ton.



[Push the preset button to assign toXXXX] is heard.

Push and hold the desired preset button.





WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

259


INFORMATION

A shortcut to each of the followingfunctions is available. Push the off−hook switch and talk switch, and sayone of the following:

� Phone book add entry

� Phone book change name

� Phone book delete entry

� Phone book delete speed dial

� Phone book list names

� Phone book set speed dial


� Dial

� Delete

� Store

To enter the redial


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Redial] is displayed and push theknob.

[Redial. Most recent outgoing call wasXXXX (phone number)] is heard and out-going history is displayed.

[Please push the off−hook switch to dial.Otherwise, push the talk switch and saydial, previous, go back, store, or delete.]is heard.

Dial

Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe number that you want to dial is dis-played and push the knob. After that, dothe one of the following:

� Push the off−hook switch.

� Push the talk switch and say [dial].

� Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Dial] is displayed and push the knob.

Delete

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to deleteis displayed and push the knob.


[Delete. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard.

—Redial

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

260


Store

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.

2. Push the talk switch and say [Store],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Store] is displayed and push theknob.

[Store. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.





� If there is no outgoing history.

� If the phone book is locked.

INFORMATION

� Up to five outgoing calls can bestored in the system.

� When five outgoing calls are storedin memory, the oldest outgoing callis deleted to make room in memoryfor new calls.

� Only the latest outgoing call isstored when the same telephonenumber is dialed.

� A shortcut to “Redial” is available.Push the off−hook switch and thenpush the off−hook switch.


� Dial

� Delete

� Store

To enter the callback


2. Follow voice guidance instructions, orturn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob until[Callback] is displayed and push theknob.

[Callback. Most recent incoming call wasXXXX (phone number)] is heard and in-coming history is displayed.

[Please push the off−hook switch to dial.Otherwise, push the talk switch and saydial, previous, go back, store, or delete.]is heard.

—Callback

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

261


Dial

Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe number that you want to dial is dis-played and push the knob. After that, dothe one of the following:


� Push the talk switch and say [Dial].


Delete

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to deleteis displayed and push the knob.


[Delete. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back] is heard.


[Deleted.] is heard.

Store

1. Turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knob untilthe dial number that you want to regis-ter is displayed and push the knob.

2. Push the talk switch and say [Store],or turn the “AUDIO CONTROL” knobuntil [Store] is displayed and push theknob.

[Store. Push the talk switch and say con-firm. Otherwise, say go back.] is heard.





� If there is no incoming history.

� If the phone book is locked.

INFORMATION

� Up to five incomming calls can bestored in the system.

� When five incomming calls arestored in memory, the oldest incom-ming call is deleted to make roomin memory for new calls.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

262


If the cellular phone is not registered, thissystem cannot be used. See page 242 forregistering a cellular phone. Make surethat [BT] is displayed and get the cellularphone ready to use.

There are 3 ways to make a phone callwith this system.

� Speed dial

A phone call can be made with a presetbutton in which a phone number is regis-tered. See page 258 for setting the presetbuttons.

� Dial by Name

The system dials the numbers correspond-ing to the spoken names registered in thesystem.

� Dial by Number

The system dials to the spoken numbers.

To make a phone call

Push the off−hook switch to turn thehands−free system on.

To speed dial

1. Push the preset button where the de-sired number is set. The name or tele-phone number is displayed.

2. Push the off−hook switch to dial.

To dial by Name

1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial byname].

[Dial by name. Please push the talkswitch and say the stored name, or saylist names.] is heard and [Dial by Name]is displayed.

2. Push the talk switch and say thephone name, or turn the “AUDIO CON-TROL” knob until the name that youwant to dial is displayed and push theknob.


[XXXX (phone number) Push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push the talkswitch and say dial, or go back.] is heard.After that, do the one of the following:





It calls the number.


� If there is no number registered in thepreset button.


—Making a phone call

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

263


INFORMATION

� The phone numbers registered inthe phone book can be retrieved.

� The system does not recognize thatthe voice tag is not registered inthe registered cellular phone. Fordetails about voice tags, see “Toadd entry” on page 252.

� A shortcut to [Dial by name] isavailable. Push the talk switch andsay [Dial XXX (name you want todial)].

To dial by Number

1. Push the talk switch and say [Dial byNumber].

[Dial by number. Please push the talkswitch and say the number.] is heard and[Dial by Num] is displayed.

2. Push talk switch and say the dial num-ber.

[Push the off−hook switch to dial. Other-wise, push the talk switch and say dial,go back, or delete.] is heard.

To dial the number, do the one of thefollowing:




If the number exceeds 24 digits, the sys-tem may not function properly.

INFORMATION

� The system can recognize singledigits from zero to nine, #(pound),*(star), and +(plus). Numbers thatare ten or greater are not recog-nized.

� To speed up input, it is a good ideato group all digits into a continuousstring. However, you can enter eachdigit individually or group digits to-gether in preferred string lengths.

The display corresponding to each op-eration appears on the screen as fol-lows:

Input operation—

You say: [Nine, nine, five]

Voice output: [995 push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push thetalk switch and say dial, go back, ordelete.]

Display: [995]

You say: [Seven, three, four]

Voice output: [734 push the off−hookswitch to dial. Otherwise, push thetalk switch and say dial, go back, ordelete.]

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

264


Display: [995734]

Repeat the above procedure until theentire number that you want to dial isinput.

Go back operation—

You say: [Go back]

Voice output: [Go back, the last num-bers entered have been removed.Push the talk switch and continueadding numbers otherwise say dial,go back, or delete.]

Display: [995]

Repeating the above operation deletesthe last digits in reverse order of in-put.

Delete operation—

You say: [Delete]

Voice output: [Deleted. The entirenumber to dial has been deleted.Please push the talk switch and saythe number.]

Display: [Dial by Num]

The display will return to the initialscreen that allows a number to beinput.

Cancel operation—

Do either one of the following:

� Push the on−hook switch at anytimeduring the operation.

� Push the talk switch and say [Can-cel] after the beep at anytime dur-ing the operation except while a callis connected.

When receiving a phone call, a ring toneis audible and the system changes intothe telephone mode.

When receiving a phone call, the displayis as follows. The display differs depend-ing on whether or not the vehicle is inmotion.

When the vehicle is stopped:Number, name, or [Incoming] is displayed.

When the vehicle is in motion:[Incoming] is displayed.

Do either one of the following:

� Pushing the off−hook switch allows youto talk on the phone.

� Pushing the on−hook switch refusesthe call.

To adjust the ring volume, push “+” or “−”on the steering volume controls. Volumeadjustment cannot be done using the au-dio system.

Repeatedly pushing “−” on the steeringvolume controls mutes the ring.

When receiving an international phonecall, the name of the party may not bedisplayed correctly depending on the cellu-lar phone.

—Receiving a p hone call

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

265


To transfer a call to the phone:

The received call can be transferred fromthe hands−free system to the cellularphone that is connected to Bluetooth�. Fordetails, refer to the user’s guide for thecellular phone.

While talking on the phone, the display isas follows. The display differs dependingon whether or not the vehicle is in motion.

When the vehicle is stopped:Number is displayed.

When the vehicle is in motion:[Talking] is displayed.

When the call is finished, push the on−hook switch.

In the following situations, your voice maynot reach the party.

� Talk alternately with the other party onthe phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother. (It is not a malfunction.)

� Keep the volume of receiving voicedown. Otherwise, echo is coming up.When you talk on the phone, speakclearly towards the microphone.

� When driving on a rough road.

� When driving at high speeds.

� When the window is open.

� When the air conditioning vents facethe microphone.

� When the sound of the air conditioningfan is loud.

The microphone can be muted by pushingthe talk switch and say [Mute].

To transfer a call from the phone:

Pushing the off−hook switch while talkingon the cellular phone that is connected toBluetooth� allows you to talk hands−free.

A call can also be transferred by pushingthe talk switch and say [Call transfer].

To transfer a call to the phone:

The call can be transferred from thehands−free system to the phone that isconnected to Bluetooth�. For details, referto the user’s guide for the cellular phone.

—Talking on the phone

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

266


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

267


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemManual air conditioning system

Controls 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning systemControls 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side vents 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air conditioning filter 282. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 9

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

268


1. Air flow selector

2. Fan speed selector

3. Temperature selector

4. “A/C” button

5. Air intake selector

Manual air conditioning system——Controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

269


Fan speed selector

Turn the dial to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the dial to adjust the temperature—tothe right to warm, to the left to cool.

Air flow selector

Turn the dial to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Turning the air flow selector to thefloor/windshield position turns on thedefogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

In this position, air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automaticallyto clean up the front view quickly. It isnot possible to return to RECIRCULATEin this position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

In this position, air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automaticallyto clean up the front view quickly. It isnot possible to return to RECIRCULATEin this position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,see “—Air flow selector settings” on page271.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

270


Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. RECIRCULATE—Recirculates the air in-side the vehicle.

2. FRESH—Draws outside air into thesystem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

271


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front (andsecond) seats clear to allow air to cir-culate throughout the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “0”.

—Air flow selector settings

With third seats

—Operating tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

272


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed— Any setting except “0”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “0”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, turn the temperatureselector dial fully towards COLD andchange the air intake selector mode toRECIRCULATE.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

273


Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “0”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat;COLD (blue zone) to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, air in-take selector mode changes to FRESHautomatically to clean up the front viewquickly. It is not possible to return toRECIRCULATE in this position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defrosting function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, air in-take selector mode changes to FRESHautomatically to clean up the front viewquickly. It is not possible to return toRECIRCULATE in this position.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating. This setting clears the front viewmore quickly.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

274


1. “TEMP” (driver side temperaturecontrol) button

2. Air intake selector

3. Air flow selector

4. Air conditioning display

5. “A/C” button

6. “DUAL” button

7. “PASS TEMP” (front passenger sidetemperature control) button

8. Micro dust and pollen filter button

9. Fan speed selector

10. Windshield air flow button

11. “OFF” button

12. “AUTO” button

Automatic air conditioning system——Controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

275


“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-tioning, push the “AUTO” button. An indi-cator light will illuminate to show that theautomatic operation mode has been se-lected.

In the automatic operation mode, the airconditioning selects the most suitable fanspeed, air flow, air intake and on−off ofthe air conditioning according to the tem-perature. As a result, the following mayoccur.

� The system may switch automaticallyto recirculated mode when the coolesttemperature setting is selected in sum-mer.

� Immediately after the switch ispressed, the fan may stop for a whileuntil warm or cool air is ready to flow.

� Cool air may flow to the area aroundthe upper body when the heater is on.

You may use manual controls if you wantto select your own settings.

Fan speed selector

Push the “�” (increase) or “�” (decrease)side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto adjust the fan speed unless you desireanother fan speed mode.

“DUAL” button

Push the button to change the mode ofthe temperature setting.

With the indicator on— Individual temper-ature settingWith the indicator off— Simultaneoustemperature setting

“TEMP” (driver side temperature con-trol) button

To increase the temperature, press the“�” side. To decrease it, press the “�”side.

“LO” appears when you adjust to maxi-mum cooling, and “HI” appears when youadjust to maximum warming.

With the “DUAL” button indicator on—Thisbutton changes the temperature on thedriver side only.

With the “DUAL” button indicator off—Thisbutton changes the temperature on thedriver side and front passenger side si-multaneously.

This function will be cancelled when the“PASS TEMP” button is pushed.

“PASS TEMP” (front passenger sidetemperature control) button

To increase the temperature, press the“�” side. To decrease it, press the “�”side.

“LO” appears when you adjust to maxi-mum cooling, and “HI” appears when youadjust to maximum warming.

This button changes the temperature onthe front passenger side only.

“OFF” button

Push the “OFF” button to turn off the airconditioning system.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

276


Air flow selector

Push one of the buttons to select thevents used for air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto select the air flow unless you desireanother air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly. Itis not possible to return toRECIRCULATE in this position.

Pushing this button turns on thedefroster−linked air conditioning. This isto clean up the front view more quickly.


Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flowsmainly from the windshield vents andturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returnsthe air flow mode to the last one used.

In this position, the air intake selectormode changes to FRESH automatically toclean up the front view quickly. It is notpossible to return to RECIRCULATE inthis position.

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defroster−linked air condition-ing. This is to clean up the front viewmore quickly.

To turn off the air conditioning alone,press the “A/C” button once again.

When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,pressing another air flow button turns offthe air conditioning.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

277


Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. RECIRCULATE (indicator light ison)—Recirculates the air inside the ve-hicle.

2. FRESH (indicator light is off)—Drawsoutside air into the system.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

Micro dust and pollen filter button

Push the button to remove the airbornepollen and micro dust from the cabin assoon as possible. An indicator will comeon.

The air intake mode will switch toRECIRCULATE mode. The air will flow tothe upper part of the body of theoccupants and pollen and micro dust willbe removed. After about 3 minutes haveelapsed, the operation stops, and the airconditioning system automatically returnsto the settings prior to the button beingpushed.

To stop the operation, do one of the fol-lowing:

� Press the pollen removal mode buttonagain.

� Press the “AUTO” button.

� Press one of the air flow selector but-tons or the windshield air flow button.

When the ambient temperature is low, thefollowing may occur:

� Air intake mode does not switch toRECIRCULATE.

� The air conditioning system operatesautomatically.

� The operation is cancelled after 1 min-ute.

In rainy weather, the windows may fog up.Press the windshield air flow button.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

278


� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front (andsecond) seats clear to allow air to cir-culate throughout the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except off.

—Air flow selector settings

With third seats

—Operating tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

279


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating


—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF

—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—ON


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

280


Ventilation



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield



Temperature— Towards high temperatureto heat; low temperatureto cool



Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperature

to heat; low temperatureto cool


Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.



Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defroster−linked air condition-ing. This is to clean up the front viewmore quickly.



� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield



Temperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

281



Pushing this button turns on the defroster−linked air conditioning. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly.



� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

Open

Close

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe side vents. The side vents may beopened or closed as shown.

You can change air flow direction by turn-ing the side vents.

Side vents

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

282


The air conditioning filter informationlabel is placed in the glove box asshown and indicates that a filter hasbeen installed.

The air conditioning filter prevents dustfrom entering the vehicle through the airconditioning vent.

The air conditioning filter is behind theglove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog af-ter long use. The filter may need to bereplaced if the air flow of the air condi-tioning and heater experiences extremereductions in operating efficiency, or ifthe windows begin to fog up easily inFRESH mode.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,inspect and replace the air conditioningfilter according to the maintenance sched-ule. In dusty areas or areas with heavytraffic flow, such as inner city or desertareas, early replacement may be required.(For scheduled maintenance information,please refer to the “Scheduled Mainte-nance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.)

Air conditioning filter——Checking and replacing theair conditioning filter

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

283


1. Open the glove box. Slide off thedamper as shown.

2. Push in each side of the glove boxto disconnect the claws.

3. Remove the filter cover as shown inthe illustration.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

284


4. Pull the filter out of the filter outlet.Inspect the filter on the surface.

If it is dirty, it should be replaced.

When inserting the filter in the filteroutlet, keep the arrow pointing up.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-erly in position. The use of air condi-tioning with the air filter removedmay cause deteriorated dustproof per-formance and then affect air condi-tioning performance.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

285


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentClock 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlets 286. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary box 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage storage boxes 290. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 291. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front cup holders 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cup holders 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bottle holders 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tie−down hooks 293. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grocery bag hooks 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage cover 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cargo net 298. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roof luggage carrier 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1− 10

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

286


Manual air conditioning system

Automatic air conditioning system

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-sired, push the “:00” button.

For example, if the “:00” button is de-pressed when the time is between1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.If the time is between 1:30—1:59, thetime will change to 2:00.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

Instrument panel

Rear console box

Clock Power outlets (12 VDC)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

287


Luggage compartment

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the power outlets to be used.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of 12V/120W (front and rear outlets to-gether).

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lids whenthe power outlets are not in use.Inserting anything other than an ap-propriate plug that fits the outlet,or allowing any liquid to get intothe outlet may cause electrical fail-ure or short circuits.

This power outlet is designed for useas a power supply for electric ap-pliances in the vehicle.

The key must be in the “ON” position forthe power outlet to be used.

The maximum capacity for this power out-let is 115 VAC/100W. If you attempt touse an appliance that requires more than115 VAC or 100W, the protection circuitwill activate and cut the power supply.The power supply will restart automaticallywhen you use an appliance that operateswithin the 115 VAC/100W limits.

Power outlet (115 VAC)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

288


To use the power outlet, push the mainswitch on the instrument panel.

An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethat the power outlet is ready for use.

Push the main switch once again to turnthe power outlet off. When the power out-let is not in use, make sure that the mainswitch is turned off.

NOTICE

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlet longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlet is not in use. Insertinganything other than an appropriateplug that fits the outlet may causeelectrical failure or short circuits.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following electric appliances eventhough their power consumption is un-der 115 VAC/100W. These appliancesmay not operate properly.

� Appliances with high initial peak watt-age: cathode−ray tube type televisions,compressor−driven refrigerators, electricpumps, electric tools, etc.

� Measuring devices which process pre-cise data: medical equipment, measur-ing instruments, etc.

� Other appliances requiring an extremelystable power supply: microcomputer−controlled electric blankets, touch sen-sor lamps, etc.

Certain electrical appliances may causeradio noise.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

289


To use the glove box:

Open by pulling the lever.

Lock by inserting the master key and turn-ing it clockwise.

Unlock by inserting the master key andturning it counterclockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

To use the box, open it as shownabove.

CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the auxiliary boxclosed while driving.

� As this holder is designed for hold-ing light objects such as eye-glasses, do not place objects heavi-er than 0.2 kg (0.4 lb.) in it. Heavyobjects may cause the holder toopen and the contents to fly outresulting in injuries.

NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of thevehicle becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.inside.

Glove boxAuxiliary box (overhead console)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

290


To open the box, push the “OPENCLOSE” button.To close the box, push the “OPENCLOSE” button again.

Do not attempt to open the box forciblywhen your vehicle is on a steep downhill.Move your vehicle to flat road and openthe box by pushing the button.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the auxiliary box closedwhile driving.

Front

Rear (type A)

Rear (type B)

To use the box, do the following.

Front: Remove the deck board.Rear (type A): Open the deck board bypulling up the strap.Rear (type B): Fold up the deck board.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the luggage storageboxes closed while driving.

Auxiliary box (instrument panel) Luggage storage boxes

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

291


UPPER TRAY

To access the upper tray, raise the con-sole box lid without touching the lockrelease lever.

CONSOLE BOX

To access the rear console box, pull upthe lock release lever while raising therear console box lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the console box closedwhile driving.

Rear console box

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

292


The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink−cans securely.

A detachable adapter is provided for eachcup holder. Installing the adapter allows asmaller cup or drink−can to be securelyheld in the holder.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other thancups or drink−cans in the cup holder,as such items may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle during sud-den braking or in an accident.

For rear/second seats

For third seats

The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink−cans securely.

For the rear/second seat cup holder: Touse the holder, push down the armrest bypulling the strap forward.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other thancups or drink−cans in the cup holder,as such items may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle during sud-den braking or in an accident.

Front cup holders Rear cup holders

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

293


Front door

Rear door

The bottle holders are designed to holdbottles securely.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to use the holder forany other purpose for which it wasintended. Inappropriately sized orshaped objects may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle during asudden braking or an accident.

NOTICE

Do not put a cup or open bottle inthe bottle holder because the con-tents may spill when the door opensor closes.

To secure your luggage, use the tie−downhooks as shown above.


Vehicles with third seat: When using thetie−down hooks, stow the third seat (Fordetailed information, see “—Stowing thirdseats for luggage space” on page 45 inSection 1−3).

CAUTION

To avoid personal injury, keep the tie−down hooks stored when not in use.

Bottle holders Tie−down hooks

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

294


This hook is designed to hang thingssuch as grocery bags.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoidhanging heavy load on it.

BEFORE USING LUGGAGE COVER

Move the rear/second seats to the rear−most lock position.

Grocery bag hooks Luggage cover

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

295


USING LUGGAGE COVER

To use the luggage cover:

1. Attach the front hooks of the lug-gage cover to the head restraint.

2. Pull out the rear luggage cover andhook it on the anchors.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything on the lug-gage cover. Such items may bethrown about and possibly injurepeople in the vehicle during suddenbraking or a collision.

� To reduce the chance of death orserious injury in case of an acci-dent or sudden stop, make sure theluggage cover is secured in place.

If the front hooks cannot be attached tothe head restraint, push down therear/second seatback.

REMOVING LUGGAGE COVER

Compress the end of the luggage coverand lift the cover up.

After you remove the luggage cover, stowit under deck board as described below.This will prevent passengers from injury inthe event of a sudden stop or accident.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

296


STOWING LUGGAGE COVER (withoutthird seats)

1. Open the deck board.

2. Remove the deck side cover.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

297


3. Insert the right end of the luggagecover into the hole in the luggagestorage box as shown.

4. Compress the left end of the lug-gage cover, and fit it into the hollowon the other side of the luggagestorage box.

CAUTION

Make sure the luggage cover is surelystowed.

When you stow the rear cargo net andluggage cover together, stow the rearcargo net first and then the luggagecover. (See “Rear cargo net” on page298 in this section.)

Place the front portion of the luggagecover (2) on the stowed rear cargo netand then place the rear portion of theluggage cover (1) over the rear cargonet. Otherwise, the deck board may notclose securely.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

298


To secure your luggage, use the rearcargo net. You can also put loads onthe net.


CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stop,make sure the net is secured inplace.

� Do not climb on or hang on thenet.

� To prevent cargo and luggage fromsliding forward during braking, donot place anything on the net high-er than the rear seatbacks. Other-wise, such items may be thrownabout and possibly injure people inthe vehicle during sudden brakingor an accident.

NOTICE

� Do not place breakable items on thenet.

� Do not place anything heavier than10 kg (22.1 lb.) on the net.

Rear cargo net

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

299


USING CARGO NET

To use the net, insert the right end of thepipe into the hole.

Compress the left end of the pipe, and fitit into the hole on the other side of theluggage compartment.

Vehicles with third seat: When sitting inthe third seat, you cannot use the rearcargo net. Make sure to remove the rearcargo net.

When using the rear cargo net, stow thethird seat (For detailed information, see“—Stowing third seats for luggage space”on page 45 in Section 1−3).

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

300


STOWING REAR CARGO NET (withoutthird seat)

1. Open the deck board.

2. Remove the deck side cover. 3. Insert the right end of the rear cargonet into the luggage storage box asshown.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

301


4. Compress the left end of the rearcargo net, and fit it into the otherside of the luggage storage box.

CAUTION

Make sure the rear cargo net is sure-ly stowed.

When you stow the rear cargo net andluggage cover together, stow the rearcargo net first and then the luggagecover. (See “Luggage cover” on page294 in this section.)

Place the front portion of the luggagecover (2) on the stowed rear cargo netand then place the rear portion of theluggage cover (1) over the rear cargonet. Otherwise, the deck board may notclose securely.

The roof luggage carrier consists ofroof rails (1) attached to the roof andsliding cross rails (2).

To adjust the positions of cross rails, dothis.

1. Turn the knobs counterclockwise toloosen the cross rails.

2. Slide the cross rails to the desiredposition for loading the luggages ofvarious sizes.

3. After adjusting, be sure to tighten thecross rails by turning knobs clockwise.

Follow the manufacture’s instructions andprecautions when installing the attach-ments or their equivalent.

Roof luggage carrier

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

302


CAUTION

When you load cargo on the roof lug-gage carrier, observe the following:

� Place the cargo so that its weightis distributed evenly between thefront and rear axles.

� If loading long or wide cargo, neverexceed the vehicle overall length orwidth. (See “Dimensions andweights” on page 422 in Section 8for information on your vehicleoverall length and width.)

� Before driving, make sure the cargois securely fastened on the roofluggage carrier.

� Loading cargo on the roof luggagecarrier will make the center of thevehicle gravity higher. Avoid highspeeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,sudden braking or abrupt maneu-vers, otherwise it may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover due tofailure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly.

� If driving for a long distance, onrough roads, or at high speeds,stop the vehicle now and then dur-ing the trip to make sure the cargoremains in its place.

� Do not exceed 46.2 kg (102.6 lb.)cargo weight on the roof luggagecarrier.

NOTICE

When loading the luggages, be carefulnot to scratch the surface of themoon roof.

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the vehicle carpet and floor mat have2 holes, then they are designed for usewith locking clips. Attach the floor mat tothe vehicle carpet using the clips. Lockthe clips into the holes in the vehiclecarpet.

Floor mat

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

303


CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the vehicle carpet. If thefloor mat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

304


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

305


INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAInformation before driving your ToyotaUtility vehicle precautions 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Break−in period 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut off system 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three−way catalytic converters 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 311. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium−tipped spark plugs 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric power steering system 317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear step bumper 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 321. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 321. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire information 322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load limits 330. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage 331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 333. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

306


This vehicle belongs to the ut ility ve-hicle class, which has higher groundclearance and narrower tread in relationto the height of its center of gravity tomake it capable of performing in a widevariety of off−road applications. Specificdesign characteristics give it a highercenter of gravity than ordinary passen-ger cars. This vehicle design featurecauses this type of vehicle to be morelikely to rollover. And, utility vehicleshave a significantly higher rollover ratethan other types of vehicles. An advan-tage of the higher ground clearance isa better view of the road allowing youto anticipate problems. It is not de-signed for cornering at the samespeeds as ordinary passenger cars anymore than low−slung sports cars de-signed to perform satisfactorily underoff−road conditions. Therefore, sharpturns at excessive speeds may causerollover.

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

� Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-vers, if at all possible. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehiclerollover causing death or seriousinjury.

� Loading cargo on the roof luggagecarrier will make the center of thevehicle gravity higher. Avoid highspeeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,sudden braking or abrupt maneu-vers, otherwise it may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover due tofailure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly.

Utility vehicle precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

307


� Always slow down in gusty cross-winds. Because of its profile andhigher center of gravity, your ve-hicle is more sensitive to sidewinds than an ordinary passengercar. Slowing down will allow you tohave better control.

� When driving off−road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

� Do not drive horizontally acrosssteep slopes. Driving straight up orstraight down is preferred. Your ve-hicle (or any similar off−road ve-hicle) can tip over sideways muchmore easily than forward or back-ward.

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak−in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Avoid full throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet the specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three−way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

Break−in period Fuel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

308


OCTANE RATING

Select octane rating 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than 87 may result in engineknocking. Persistent knocking can lead toengine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of four categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 4 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

309


GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems occur ( poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY60 L (15.9 gal., 13.2 Imp. gal.)

The fuel pump shut off system stops sup-plying fuel to the engine to minimize therisk of fuel leakage when the engine stallsor an airbag inflates upon collision. Torestart the engine after the fuel pump shutoff system activates, turn the ignitionswitch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and startit.

CAUTION

Inspect the ground under the vehiclebefore restarting the engine. If youfind that fuel has leaked onto theground, the fuel system has beendamaged and is in need of repair. Inthis case, do not restart the engine.

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

Fuel pump shut off system Operation in foreign countries

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

310


2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

The three−way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not idle or park your vehicleover anything that might burn easi-ly such as grass, leaves, paper orrags.

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three−way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three−way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push−start or pull−start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

Three−way catalytic converters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

311


� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel systems could cause an ex-tremely high three−way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check−up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree−way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three−way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� Keep the back door closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed backdoor may cause exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, open the windows andclose the back door to ensureplenty of fresh air enters the ve-hicle. If you can smell exhaustfumes even though there are noother vehicles in the surroundingarea, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer. Continued in-halation of exhaust fumes can leadto death by gas poisoning.

Engine exhaust cautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

312


FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 398 in Section 7−2.

Facts about engine oilconsumption

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

313


Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs.Do not adjust gaps for engine perfor-mance or smooth driveab ility.

Your engine is fitted with iridium−tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only Toyota genuine iridium−tipped spark plugs and do not adjustgaps for your engine performance andsmooth driveab ility.

For details about the spark plug type, see“Service specifications” on page 423 inSection 8.

The tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub−systems. If either sub−system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower−assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

Iridium−tipped spark plugs(2.4 L 4−cylinder [2AZ−FE]engine)

Iridium−tipped spark plugs(3.5 L V6 [2GR−FE] engine) Brake system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

314


CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

The anti−lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock−up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti−lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti−lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking performan-ce.

The anti−lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-tem.

A sound may be heard from the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehiclebegins to move. This means that the anti−lock brake system is in the self−checkmode. This sound does not indicate amalfunction.

When the anti−lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

315


CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lockbrake system: Although the anti−lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti−lock brake system on.

If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti−lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti−lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow−covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti−lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

For the U.S.A.

For Canada

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

316


“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if thesystem malfunctions, the light comes onagain.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), thefollowing systems do not operate, but thebrake system still operates conventionally.


� Brake assist system






When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti−lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the components moni-tored by the warning light. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti−lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

DRUM−IN−DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKESYSTEM

Your vehicle has a drum−in−disc typeparking brake system. This type of brakesystem needs bedding−down of the brakeshoes periodically or whenever the parkingbrake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-ding−down.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibrations of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

317


For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 127 in Sec-tion 1−6.

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

The electric power steering system, us-ing an electric motor, assists the turn-ing of the steering wheel.

In the following cases, you may feel thesteering becomes heavy. However, theelectric power steering system warninglight does not come on. (Because it isnot a malfunction.)

� When maneuvering or turning frequentlyover a long time

The power steering effect will be re-duced to prevent the system from over-heating. Avoid turning the steeringwheel, or stop the vehicle and turn theignition key to “ACC” or “LOCK”. Thesystem will become cool in about 10minutes.

NOTICE

Frequent maneuvering and turningover a long time may cause damageto the system in which the mecha-nism prevents overheating of the elec-tric power steering system.

Brake pad wear limitindicators Electric power steering system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

318


� When the battery is discharged

Check the battery’s condition. If neces-sary, recharge or replace the battery.For details, see “Checking battery con-dition” on page 412 in Section 7−3.

Electric power steering system warninglight

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the elec-tric power steering system works properly,the light turns off after a few seconds. Ifthe system has malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

If the following conditions occur, thisindicates a malfunction somewhere inthe components monitored by the warn-ing light system. Contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible to servicethe vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on.

� The light stays on while you are driv-ing.

CAUTION

If the electric power steering systemwarning light comes on, take your ve-hicle to your Toyota dealer as soonas possible. In this case, more effortis required for the steering wheel toturn than usual. Drive your vehiclewhile firmly gripping the steeringwheel.

INFORMATION

When the steering wheel is turned, amotor operating sound (whiningsound) may be heard. This occurswhen the power steering motor worksand is not defective.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

319


The rear step bumper is for rear endprotection and easier step−up loading.

To get on the rear step bumper, use theshaded area between the arrows in theillustration.

CAUTION

� Do not allow more than one personto get on the rear step bumper ata time. It is designed for only oneperson.

� Never drive the vehicle with anyoneon the rear step bumper.

Under the right front seat

Top left of the instrument panel

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is stamped under the rightfront seat and top left of the instrumentpanel where it can be seen through thewindshield from the outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

Rear step bumper

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

320


The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

—Engine number

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

321


Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 47mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

Theft prevention labels(except for Canada) Suspension and chassis

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

322


This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size— For details, see “—Tire

size” on page 324.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)— For details, see“—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)” on page 323.

3. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “—Uniform tirequality grading” that follows.

4. The location of the tread wearindicators— For details, see“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 404.

5. Tire ply composition and mate-rials— Plies mean a layer of rub-ber−coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming the pliesin the tire.

6. Radial tire or bias−ply tires— Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. A tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.

Tire information——Tire symbols

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

323


7. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”— A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire and airis directly filled in the tire. A tubetype tire has a tube inside the tireand the tube maintains the airpressure.

8. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure— For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 404.

9. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure— This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For details about recom-mended cold tire inflationpressure, see “Tires” on page 427.

10.Summer tire or all seasontire— An all season tire has “M+S”on the sidewall. The tire notmarked with “M+S” is a summertire. For details, see “Types oftires” on page 333.

This illustration indicates typical DOTand Tire Identification Number (TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer ’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer ’s optional tire type

code (3 or 4 letters)6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

324


This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,

T=Temporary use)2. Section width (in millimeters)3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)5. Wheel diameter (in inches)6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines10.Bead wires11. Chafer

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

325


This information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issuedby the National Highway Traffic Safe-ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-formation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passengervehicle tires must conform to Fed-eral Safety Requirements in addi-tion to these grades. Qualitygrades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sec-tion width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear— The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1−1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actualconditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving hab-its, service practices and differencesin road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor trac-tion performance.Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking(straight ahead) traction tests anddoes not include cornering (turning)traction.

—Uniform tire quality grading

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

326


Temperature A, B, C— The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of per-formance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.Warning: The temperature grades forthis tire are established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either sep-arately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

327


Tire related term Meaning

Accessory weight

the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may bereplaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these itemsare available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Cold tire inflation pressuretire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mileunder that condition

Curb weightthe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, airconditioning and additional weight optional engine

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire orIntended outboard sidewall deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Maximum inflation pressure the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and itis shown on the sidewall of the tire

the sum of—the sum of—(a) curb weight;

Maximum loaded vehicle weight(a) curb weight(b) accessory weight;Maximum loaded vehicle weight (b) accessory weight(c) vehicle capacity weight; and(d) d ti ti i ht( ) y g(d) production options weight

—Glossary of tire terminology

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

328



Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the secondcolumn of Table 1 that follows

Occupant distribution distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

Production options weight

the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighingover 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includingheavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specialtrim

Recommended inflation pressure cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Rim a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beadsare seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation rim diameter and width

Rim type designation the industry of manufacturer ’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-nated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

329



Vehicle normal load on the tirethe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity,number of occupants

Vehicle normal load, number ofoccupants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

330


Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towing ca-pacity and cargo capacity. Follow theload limits shown below. Total load ca-pacity and seating capacity are alsodescribed on the tire and loading in-formation label. For location of the tireand loading information label, see“Checking tire inflation pressure” onpage 402.Total load capacity:

Without third seat375 kg (825 lb.)

With third seat525 kg (1155 lb.)

Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo and lug-gage. Tongue load is included whentrailer towing.

Seating capacity:Without third seat

Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)With third seat

Total 7 (Front 2, Rear 5)Seating capacity means the maximumnumber of occupants whose esti-mated average weight is 68 kg (150lb.) per person. Depending on theweight of each person, the seating ca-pacity given may exceed the totalload capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupants arewithin the seating capacity, do not ex-ceed the total load capacity.

Towing capacity:2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

680 kg (1500 lb.)3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

Without towing package907 kg (2000 lb.)

With towing package1588 kg (3500 lb.)

Towing capacity means the maximumgross trailer weight (trailer weight plusits cargo weight) that your vehicle isable to tow.Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size (weight)and the number of occupants. For de-tails, see “Capacity and distribution”that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steeringability and braking ability, whichmay cause an accident.

Vehicle load limits

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

331


When stowing cargo and luggage inthe vehicle, observe the following:� Put cargo and luggage in the lug-

gage compartment when at allpossible. Be sure all items are se-cured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as farforward as possible helps maintainbalance.

� For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

� To prevent cargo and l uggagefrom sliding forward duringbraking, do not stack anythingin the luggage compartmenthigher than the seatbacks.Keep cargo and luggage low,as close to the floor as pos-sible.

� Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. It isnot designed for passengers.They should ride in their seatswith their seat belts properlyfastened. Otherwise, they aremuch more likely to sufferdeath or serious bodily injury,in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

� Do not place anything on theflattened seat, or it may slideforward during braking.

� Do not place anything on theluggage cover. Such items maybe thrown about and possiblyinjure people in the vehicleduring sudden braking or anaccident. Secure all items in asafe place.

� To prevent cargo and l uggagefrom sliding forward duringbraking, do not place anythingon the net higher than the rearseatbacks. Otherwise, suchitems may be thrown about andpossibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden brakingor an accident.

� Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument panel.They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp vehicleacceleration or turning, and im-pair the driver’s control of thevehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occu-pants.

Cargo and luggage——Stowage precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

332


Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-ity) – (Total weight of occupants)Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit—(1) Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’splacard.

(2) Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the “XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1400–750(5x150)=650 lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceed theavailable cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

For details about trailer towing, seepage 342.

Cargocapacity

Total loadcapacity

Example on Your VehicleIn case that 2 people with the com-bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) areriding in your vehicle, the availableamount of cargo and luggage load ca-pacity will be as follows:Without third seatTotal load capacity: 375 kg (825 lb.)

375 kg – 166 kg = 209 kg.(825 lb. – 366 lb. = 459 lb.)

With third seatTotal load capacity: 525 kg (1155 lb.)

525 kg – 166 kg = 359 kg.(1155 lb. – 366 lb. = 789 lb.)

—Capacity and distribution

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

333


From this condition, if 3 more passen-gers with the combined weight of 176kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car-go and luggage load will be reducedas follows:Without third seat

209 kg – 176 kg = 33 kg.(459 lb. – 388 lb. = 71 lb.)

With third seat359 kg – 176 kg = 183 kg.(789 lb. – 388 lb. = 401 lb.)

As shown in the above example, if thenumber of occupants increases, thecargo and luggage load equaling thecombined weight of occupants whogot on later must be reduced. In otherwords, if the increase in the numberof occupants causes the excess ofthe total load capacity (combinedweight of occupants plus cargo andluggage load), you have to reduce thecargo and luggage on your vehicle.For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” on page 330.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargo loadis less than the total load capac-ity, do not apply the load uneven-ly. That may cause not only dam-age to the tire but also deteriora-tion to the steering ability due tounbalance of the vehicle, causingan accident.

Determine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equipped with.1. Summer tiresSummer tires are high−speed capabil-ity tires best suited to highway drivingunder dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequate fordriving on snow−covered or icy roads.For driving on snow−covered or icyroads, we recommend using snowtires. If installing snow tires, be sureto replace all four tires.2. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to beadequate for driving in most winterconditions, as well as for use all yearround.

Types of tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

334


All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performancecompared with snow tires in heavy orloose snow. Also, all season tires fallshort in acceleration and handlingperformance compared with summertires in highway driving.The details about how to distinguishsummer tires from all season tires aredescribed on page 322.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all sea-son tires on your vehicle asthis can cause dangerous han-dling characteristics, resultingin loss of control.

� Do not use tire other than themanufacturer’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originals.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

335


STARTING AND DRIVINGStarting and drivingBefore starting the engine 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 337. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving in the rain 338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Off−road driving precautions 339. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 342. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 347. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

336


1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion height, head restraintheight, steering wheel angle and steer-ing column length.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If youneed to restart the engine while thevehicle is moving, put the selector le-ver in “N”. A starter safety device willprevent the starter from operating if theselector lever is in any drive position.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair−fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

With your foot off the accelerator pedal,crank the engine by turning the key to“START”. Release it when the enginestarts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,not in idle. For warming up, drive withsmoothly turning engine until engine cool-ant temperature is within normal range.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” on page350 in Section 4.

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine—(a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

337


NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp−edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P”. If necessary, block thewheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking, could causethe vehicle to skid or spin.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

338


� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high−speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high−speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Driving on a slippery road surface

Drive carefully when it is raining, becausevisibility will be reduced, the windows maybecome fogged−up, and the road will beslippery.

� Drive carefully when it starts to rain,because the road surface will be espe-cially slippery.

� Refrain from high speeds when drivingon an expressway in the rain, becausethere may be a layer of water betweenthe tires and the road surface,preventing the steering and brakesfrom operating properly.

CAUTION

� Sudden braking, acceleration andsteering when driving on a slipperyroad surface may cause tire slip-page and reduce your ability tocontrol the vehicle, resulting in anaccident.

� Sudden changes in engine speed,such as sudden engine braking,may cause the vehicle to skid, re-sulting in an accident.

� After driving through a puddle,lightly depress the brake pedal tomake sure that the brakes are func-tioning properly. Wet brake padsmay prevent the brakes from func-tioning properly. If the brakes ononly one side are wet and not func-tioning properly, steering controlmay be affected, resulting in an ac-cident.

Driving in the rain

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

339


When encountering flooded roadsDo not drive on a road that has floodedafter heavy rain etc. Doing so may causeserious damage to the vehicle.

NOTICE

Driving on a flooded road may causethe engine to stall as well as causeserious vehicle malfunctions such asshorts in electrical components andengine damage from water immersion.In the event that you drive on aflooded road and the vehicle isflooded, be sure to have your Toyotadealer check brake function, changesin quantity and quality of oil and fluidused for the engine, transaxle, trans-fer (4WD vehicles), differential, etc.and lubricant condition for the propel-ler shaft (4WD vehicles), bearings andsuspension joints (where possible)and the function of all joints and bea-rings.

When driving your vehicle off−road, pleaseobserve the following precautions to en-sure your driving enjoyment and to helpprevent the closure of areas to off−roadvehicles.

a. Drive your vehicle only in areas whereoff−road vehicles are permitted to trav-el.

b. Respect private property. Get owner’spermission before entering private prop-erty.

c. Do not enter areas that are closed.Honor gates, barriers and signs that re-strict travel.

d. Stay on established roads. When condi-tions are wet, driving techniques shouldbe changed or travel delayed to pre-vent damage to roads.

For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii andPuerto Rico:

To obtain additional information pertainingto driving your vehicle off−road, consultthe following organizations.

� State and Local Parks and RecreationDepartments

� State Motor Vehicle Bureau

� Recreational Vehicle Clubs

� U.S. Forest Service and Bureau ofLand Management

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of death orserious personal injury or damage toyour vehicle:

� Drive carefully when off the road.Do not take unnecessary risks bydriving in dangerous places.

� Do not grip the steering wheelspokes when driving off−road. Abad bump could jerk the wheel andinjure your hands. Keep both handsand especially your thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

� Always check your brakes for effec-tiveness immediately after driving insand, mud, water or snow.

� After driving through tall grass,mud, rock, sand, water, etc., checkthat there is no grass, bush, paper,rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering ortrapped on the underbody. Clear offany such matter from the under-body. If the vehicle is used withthese materials trapped or adheringto the underbody, a breakdown orfire could occur.

Off−road driving precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

340


� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mo-ving.

� When driving off−road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

NOTICE

� If driving through water, such aswhen crossing shallow streams,first check the depth of the waterand the bottom of the stream forfirmness. Drive slowly and avoiddeep water.

� Take all necessary safety measuresto ensure that water damage to theengine or other components doesnot occur.

Water entering the engine air intakewill cause severe engine damage.

Water entering the automatic trans-mission will cause deterioration inshift quality, looking up of yourtransmission accompanied by vibra-tion, and ultimately damage.

Water can wash the grease fromwheel bearings, causing rusting andpremature failure, and may also en-ter the differentials, transmissionand transfer case, reducing the gearoil’s lubricating qualities.

� Sand and mud that has accumulatedaround brake discs may affect brak-ing efficiency and may damagebrake system components.

� Always perform a maintenance in-spection after each day of off−roaddriving that has taken you throughrough terrain, sand, mud, or water.For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, refer to the “Scheduled Main-tenance Guide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Make sure your coolant is properly pro-tected against freezing.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,and non−borate coolant with long−lifehybrid organic acid technology. (Coolantwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)

See “Checking the engine coolant level”on page 400 in Section 7−2 for details ofcoolant type selection.

For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and50% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −35�C(−31�F).

For Canada—“Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and45% deionized water. This coolant pro-vides protection down to about −42�C(−44�F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Winter driving tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

341


Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shape toprovide enough power for winter starting.Section 7−3 tells you how to visually in-spect the battery. Your Toyota dealer andmost service stations will be pleased tocheck the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 398 in Section 7−2 for recom-mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-mer oil in your vehicle during wintermonths may cause harder starting. If youare not sure about which oil to use, callyour Toyota dealer–they will be pleased tohelp.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” and block the rear wheels. Do not usethe parking brake, or snow or water accu-mulated in and around the parking brakemechanism may freeze, making it hard torelease.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Dinghy towing

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

342


Your vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger−carrying vehicle. Towing atrailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For yoursafety and the safety of others, you mustnot overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyotawarranties do not apply to damage ormalfunction caused by towing a trailer forcommercial purposes. Ask your localToyota dealer for further details beforetowing.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult your Toyota dealer for further in-formation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-er weight, gross combination weight,gross vehicle weight, gross axle weightand trailer tongue load are all withinthe limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at a highway weighing station, build-ing supply company, trucking company,junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

� The total trailer weight (trailerweight plus its cargo load) mustnot exceed the following. Exceedingthis weight is dangerous.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine680 kg (1500 lb.)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engineWithout towing package

907 kg (2000 lb.)With towing package

1588 kg (3500 lb.)

If towing a trailer and cargo weigh-ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it isnecessary to use a sway controldevice with sufficient capacity.

� The gross combination weight (sumof your vehicle weight plus its loadand the total trailer weight) mustnot exceed the following.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineTwo−wheel drive models

Without third seat2689 kg (5930 lb.)

With third seat2825 kg (6230 lb.)

Four−wheel drive modelsWithout third seat

2737 kg (6035 lb.)With third seat

2887 kg (6365 lb.)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engineTwo−wheel drive models

Without third seatWithout towing package


3729 kg (8220 lb.)With third seat



Trailer towing

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

343


Four−wheel drive modelsWithout third seat



With third seatWithout towing package


3808 kg (8395 lb.)

� Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross ve-hicle weight is the sum of weightsof the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

� The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

344


Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load

Total trailer weight� 100 = 9 to 11%

� The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 9 to 11% of the total trailerweight, not exceed the following.

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine68 kg (150 lb.)



158 kg (350 lb.)

Never load the trailer with moreweight in the back than in thefront. About 60% of the trailer loadshould be in the front half of thetrailer and the remaining 40% in therear.

HITCHES

� Use only a weight carrying hitchdesigned for the total trailer weight.Toyota does not recommend using aweight distribution (load equalizing)hitch.

� The hitch must be bolted securely tothe vehicle frame and installed accord-ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

� The hitch ball should have a light coatof grease.

� Toyota recommends that the trailerhitch be removed when not towing toprevent injury and/or damage by thehitch in event of a rear end collision.After removing the hitch, the installa-tion area should be sealed to prevententry of exhaust fumes and mud.

NOTICE

Do not use an axle−mounting hitch asit may cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels and/or tires.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

� Toyota recommends trailers withbrakes that conform to any applica-ble federal and state/provincial regu-lations.

� A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain shouldcross under the trailer tongue toprevent the tongue from dropping tothe ground in case it becomes dam-aged or separated. For correct safetychain procedures, follow the hitch ortrailer manufacturer’s recommenda-tions.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

345


CAUTION

� If the total trailer weight exceeds272 kg (600 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired.

� Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness.

� Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

TIRES

� Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. See page 402 Section7−2 and page 427 in Section 8 forinstructions.

� The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

� Trailer lights must comply with federal,state/provincial and local regulations.See your local recreational vehicledealer or rental agency for the correcttype of wiring and relays for your trail-er. Check for correct operation of theturn signals and stop lights each timeyou hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-age your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

� Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

� If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For this informa-tion, please refer to the scheduledmaintenance information in the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

� Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

� Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose−up or nose−downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

� Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it cannot shift.

� Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle−trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

� Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

346


� Because stopping distance may be in-creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distanceshould be increased when towing atrailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) ofspeed, allow at least one vehicle andtrailer length between you and the ve-hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking asyou may skid, resulting in jackknifingand loss of control. This is especiallytrue on wet or slippery surfaces.

� Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion.

� Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

� Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer.) Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

� Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

� Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

� Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room be-fore changing lanes.

� In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency, do not place the transmissionin “D”.

� Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30�C [85�F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” on page 354 inSection 4.

� Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-ing on a slope with a trailer, but if itcannot be avoided, do so only afterperforming the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

347


When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position,start the engine. Be sure to keep thebrake pedal depressed.

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Slowly pull or back away fromthe wheel blocks. Stop and apply yourbrakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle−trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

� Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page402 in Section 7−2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Put the selector lever into the “D”when engine braking is not required.Driving with the select lever in “3”(4−speed) or “4” (5−speed) will reducethe fuel economy. (For details, see“Automatic transmission” on page 141or 145 in Section 1−7.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

348


� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop−and−go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal. This causes premature wear,overheating and poor fuel economy.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned−up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease,brakes not adjusted, etc. alllower engine performance and contrib-ute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-al Supplement”.)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

349


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIn case of an emergencyIf your vehicle will not start 350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 353. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase engine speed 353. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 354. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 355. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 367. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 367. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 372. . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 373. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

350


Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct starting pro-cedure given in “How to start the engine”on page 336 in Section 3 and that youhave sufficient fuel. If your vehicle isequipped with the engine immobilizer sys-tem, also check whether the other keyswill start the engine. If they work, yourkey may be broken. Have the keychecked at your Toyota dealer. If none ofyour keys work, there may be a malfunc-tion in the immobilizer system. Call yourToyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engineimmobilizer system)” on page 13 in Sec-tion 1−2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page351 for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three−way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or“LOCK” and try starting the engineagain.

2. If the engine will not start, the enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking. See “(b) Starting a floodedengine” on page 350 for further instruc-tions.

3. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.Keep the key and accelerator pedal inthese positions for 15 seconds and re-lease them. Then try starting the enginewith your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

351


To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water im-mediately. Then get immediate medi-cal attention. If possible, continueto apply water with a sponge orcloth while en route to the medicaloffice.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

When boosting, use the battery ofmatching or higher quality. Any otherbattery may be difficult to jump startwith.

If jump starting is difficult, charge thebattery for several minutes.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

352


Jumper cable

Dischargedbattery

Positiveterminal(“+” mark) Booster

battery

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Dischargedbattery

Jumper cable

Negative terminal(“−” mark)

Boosterbattery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) cable to the negative (−) termi-nal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

353


5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If the first start attempt is not success-ful...

Check that the clamp on the jumpercables are tight. Recharge the dischargedbattery with the jumper cables connectedfor several minutes and restart your en-gine in the normal way.

If the another attempt is not successful,the battery may be depleted. Have it ch-ecked at your Toyota dealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or“LOCK”, and try starting the engineagain.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start” on page 350 in thisSection.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, theremay be a problem somewhere in the elec-tronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your engine stalls whiledriving

If you cannot incr ease enginespeed

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

354


If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”and apply the parking brake. Turn offthe air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.For the coolant type, see “Coolant typeselection” on page 400 in Section 7−2.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the coolantreservoir cap when the engine andradiator are hot. Serious injury couldresult from scalding hot fluid andsteam blown out under pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If your vehicle overheats

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

355


1. Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake andput the transmission in “P”.

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of death or serious injury:� Follow jacking instructions.� Do not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Otherwise,personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is supportedby the jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake and put the transmissionin “P”. Block the wheel diago-nally opposite to the one beingchanged if necessary.

� Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

� Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

� Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, donot place any objects on topof or underneath the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

If you have a flat tire—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

356


NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair.

Tool bag

Jack

1. Get the required tools andspare tire on the back door.

To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

—Required tools and sparetire

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

357


To remove the jack, turn the jack jointby hand.To remove: Turn the joint in direction1 until the jack is free.To store: Turn the joint in direction 2until the jack is firmly secured to pre-vent it flying forward during a collisionor sudden braking.

To remove the spare cover:1. Open the back door. Unhook the

latch handle which on the bottomof the spare tire cover.

To prevent theft, the latch handle canbe released only when the back dooris opened.

2. Close the back door. Remove thespare tire cover.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

358


To remove the spare tire, turn thehold−down nuts counterclockwisewith the wheel nut wrench and re-move them.When stowing the spare tire, put it inplace and secure it to prevent it fromflying forward during a collision orsudden braking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

Type A

Type B

—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

359


3. Remove the wheel ornament.Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrenchas shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the orna-ment by hand. Take due care inhandling the ornament to avoidunexpected personal injury.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen. To get maximum leverage,fit the wrench to the nut so that thehandle is on the right side, as shownabove. Grab the wrench near the endof the handle and pull up on the han-dle. Be careful that the wrench doesnot slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one−half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may looseand the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

—Loosening wheel nuts

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

360


5. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

6. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the spare tirecan be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the sparetire than when removing the flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double−check that it is properly posi-tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

—Positioning the jack —Raising your vehicle

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

361


7. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

Before putting on wheels, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal−to−met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen andeventually cause a wheel to come offwhile driving.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-ger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by hand. Press back on thetire back and see if you can tightenthem more.

—Changing wheels —Reinstalling wheel nuts

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

362


CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loose and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

9. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench andturn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.Do not use other tools or any addition-al leverage other than your hands,such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.Make sure the wrench is securely en-gaged over the nut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

� When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

� Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

—Lowering your vehicle

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

363


10.Install the flat tire and spare tirecover on the back door.

CAUTION

Make sure flat tire and spare tirecover are securely in place intheir storage location to reducethe possibility of personal injuryduring a collision or suddenbraking.

On vehicles with aluminum wheelsand a steel wheel for the spare, re-move the rubber rings from the wheelnuts of the spare tire carrier beforestowing a flat tire. Be careful not tolose the rubber rings after removingthem.

CAUTION

Make sure that the rubber ringsare not installed to the wheelnuts for aluminum wheel. Other-wise, the nuts may become looseand the wheel may fall off, whichmay cause a serious accident.

After repairing the flat tire, be sureto reinstall the rubber rings to thewheel nuts before stowing the sparetire. If the steel wheel is stowed with-out reinstalling the rubber rings to thewheel nuts, the spare tire carrier mayproduce abnormal noise when the ve-hicle is driven.

—Stowing flat tire

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

364


On some models—Before stowing theflat tire, remove the center wheel or-nament by pushing from the reverseside.Be careful not to lose the wheel orna-ment.

Guides

To install the spare tire cover:1. Insert the hooks under the guides

to the upper slots and lower thecover.

2. Attach the cover by hooking the2 inner protrusions.

Check that the cover is securely at-tached.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

365


3. Open the back door. Lock thelatch handle which is on the bot-tom of the cover.

4. Close the back door.Check that the cover is securely inplace.

Type A

Type B

Type C

11.Reinstall the wheel ornament.Type A and B—1. Put the wheel ornament into posi-

tion.Type A only: Align the cutout ofthe wheel ornament with the valvestem as shown.

2. Then firmly tap the outer edge ofthe wheel cap with the side or heelof your hand to snap into place.

—Reinstalling wheel ornament

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

366


Type C—Push the wheel ornament into thecenter hole.With a spare tire of different wheeltype from the installed tires, the wheelornament can not be installed into thespare tire. After repairing the flat tire,reinstall the wheel ornament.

CAUTION

� Take due care in handling theornament to avoid unexpectedpersonal injury.

� Do not attach a heavily dam-aged plastic wheel ornament.It may fly off the wheel andcause accidents while the ve-hicle is moving.

12.Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated on page 427 inSection 8. If the pressure is lower,drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core andpossibly cause air leakage. If the capis missing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.13.Restow all the tools and jack se-

curely.As soon after changing wheels aspossible, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified on page 427 in Sec-tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have atechnician repair the flat tire.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools and jack are securely inplace in their storage location toreduce the possibility of person-al injury during a collision orsudden braking.

—After changing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

367


If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

You can use the “AUTO LSD” switch(two−wheel drive models) or four−wheeldrive lock switch (four−wheel drivemodels) in this situation. (For details,see “AUTO LSD system” on page 151or “Active torque control 4WD system”on page 148 in Section 1−7.)

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

Two−wheel drive models

If your vehicle becomes stuckIf your vehicle needs to betowed—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

368


(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear


Four−wheel drive models

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” on page 369 in this Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

Two−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front— Release the parking brake.

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-sure adequate ground clearance fortowing at the opposite end of theraised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumperand/or underbody of the towed vehiclewill be damaged during towing.

From rear—

Use a towing dolly under the front wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

369



Four−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

Use a towing dolly under the wheels notlifted by the truck.


(c) Towing with slingtype truck

All models—

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to the emergency towing eyeletson the front of the vehicle. Use extremecaution when towing vehicle.

To install the front towing eyelet, see“—Installing front towing eyelet” describedbelow.

—Emergency towing

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

370


NOTICE

� Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

� Never tow a vehicle from the rearwith four wheels on the ground.This may cause serious damage tothe transmission.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing eyelet and towing cable orchain. The eyelet and towing cable orchain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelet provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in “N”. The keymust be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON”(engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

1. Remove the front towing eyelet coveron the front bumper, using a flatheadscrewdriver which is wrapped with acloth.

—Installing front towing eyelet

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

371


2. Use the front towing eyelet in the toolbag. Secure it to the hole on thebumper by turning clockwise. (For thetool bag location, see “—Required toolsand spare tire” on page 356 in thisSection.)

3. Tighten the front towing eyelet securelyby a wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION

When installing the eyelet on the ve-hicle, be sure to tighten the fronteyelet securely. If the eyelet is loose,it may come off when being towedand result in death or serious injury.

� Before emergency towing, check thatthe eyelet is not broken or damagedand that the installation bolts are notloose.

� Fasten the towing cable or chain se-curely to the eyelet.

� Do not jerk the eyelet. Apply steadyand even force.

� To avoid damaging the eyelet, do notpull from the side or at a verticalangle. Always pull straight ahead.

—Emergency towing eyeletprecautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

372


CAUTION

If the emergency towing eyelet isused to get out when your vehiclebecomes struck in mud, sand or oth-er condition from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower, make sure to observe the pre-cautions mentioned below. Otherwise,excessive stress will be put on theeyelet and the towing cable or chainmay break, causing serious injury ordamage.

� If the towing vehicle can hardlymove, do not forcibly continue thetowing. Contact your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck servicefor assistance.

� Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

� Keep away from the vehicle duringtowing.

The following methods are effective to getout when your vehicle is struck in mud,sand or other condition from which thevehicle cannot be driven out under its ownpower. Use extreme caution when towingvehicles. In addition, keep away from thevehicles and towing cable or chain whentowing.

� Remove the soil and sand in the frontand the back of the tires.

� Place a stone or wood under the tires.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flatheadscrewdriver or equivalent.

—Tips for towing a stuckvehicle

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

373


3. Insert your finger into the hole topush down the shift lock overridebutton. You can shift out of “P”position only while pushing the but-ton.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobilizer system, thedealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobilizer system—Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys (withengine immobilizer system)” on page 13 inSection 1−2.

You can use the wireless remote controlsystem with the new key. Contact yourToyota dealer for detailed information.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

If you lose your keys

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

374


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

375


CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CARECorrosion prevention and appearance careProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 376. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 377. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 379. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

376


Toyota, through the diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, helps prevent corro-sion and provides you with the finest qual-ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up toyou. Proper care of your Toyota can helpensure long−term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard−to−reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea−coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing. Thelower edge of doors, rocker panels andframe members have drain holes whichshould not be allowed to clog with dirtas trapped water in these areas cancause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” onpage 377 for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

377


Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full−sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp as to cause corrosion. Even if yourgarage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-rode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,bird droppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in areas where there isa lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust orchemical substances

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not warm to the touch.

CAUTION

� When cleaning under floor or chas-sis, be careful not to injure yourhands.

� Exhaust gases cause the exhaustpipe to become quite hot. Whenwashing the vehicle, be careful notto touch the pipe until it has cooledsufficiently, as touching a hot ex-haust pipe can cause burns.

NOTICE

When the front wiper arms need to belifted away from the windshield towash the vehicle, raise the arm onthe driver side first. Conversely, whenreturning the wipers to their originalpositions, fold down the arm on thefront passenger side first. Failure toperform the operations in the correctorder results in damage.

Washing and waxing yourToyota

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

378


1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or the wheelwells.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−pressure car wash, for example) at ornear the fuel tank inlet with the fuel fillerdoor opened. If the water enters the airvent, you may experience trouble with re-fueling or rough engine idling.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash them off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not useorganic substances or scrub them with ahard brush. This may damage the sur-faces of the lights.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances(gasoline, kerosene, benzine orstrong solvents), which may be tox-ic or cause damage.

� Do not scrub any part of the ve-hicle with a hard brush, which maycause damage.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-matic car wash, but remember that thepaint can be scratched by some types ofbrushes, unfiltered washing water, or thewashing process itself. Scratching reducespaint durability and gloss, especially ondarker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure it is removed before driv-ing your Toyota through an automaticcar wash.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

379


Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

Windshield washer nozzles: Make surethat the nozzles do not become blockedwhen waxing. If a nozzle becomesblocked, contact your Toyota dealer tohave the vehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on thesurfaces of the lights. Wax may causedamage to the lenses. If you accidentallyput wax on the light surfaces, wipe orwash it off.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

CAUTION

� Vehicles with side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags:

Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbag and curtainshield airbag from activating cor-rectly, resulting in serious injury.

� Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause a malfunction; and it maycause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

Cleaning the interior

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

380


First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts —it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Air conditioning control panel, audiopanel, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot apply the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

381


Leather interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm .

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

382


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

383


VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREVehicle maintenance and careMaintenance requirements 384. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 385. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 387. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 388. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

384


Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day−to−day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, trouble−free, safe, and economicaldrivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day−to−day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to ensure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in−dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented on page 389 inSection 7.

Maintenance requirements

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

385


If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do−it−your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 416 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.

Engine coolant level

Make sure the coolant level is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−through reservoir when the engine is cold.See page 400 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.

Radiator, condenser and hoses

Check that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 401 inSection 7−2 for additional information.

Battery electrolyte level

Check the battery condition by the indica-tor color. See page 412 in Section 7−3 foradditional information.

Brake fluid level

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 401 in Section 7−2 for addition-al information.

Engine oil level

Check the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See page 398 in Section7−2 for additional information.

General maintenance

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

386


Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 311 in Section 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers

Check that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Check that it has the specified free play.Be alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all seat controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operatesmoothly and that all latches lock securelyin any position. For folding−down rearseatbacks, check that the latches lock se-curely.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

In a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake

Check that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nism

On a safe incline, check that your vehicleis held securely with the selector lever in“P” position and all brakes released.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors and back door oper-ate smoothly and all latches lock securely.Make sure the engine hood secondarylatch secures the hood from opening whenthe primary latch is released.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

387


Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See page 402 in Section 7−2for additional information.Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. See page404 in Section 7−2 for additional in-formation. When checking the tires,make sure no nuts are missing, andcheck the nuts for looseness. Tightenthem if necessary.Tire rotationRotate the tires according to themaintenance schedule. (For sched-uled maintenance information, pleaserefer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.) See page 406 in Section 7−2for additional information.

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (However, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake pedal; pedal almosttouches floor; vehicle pulls to one sidewhen braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

388


Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

389


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 390. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 392. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do−it−yourself service precautions 393. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 394. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 395. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

390


1. Fuse blocks

2. Engine coolant reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Battery

6. Radiator

7. Condenser

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Engine oil level dipstick

10. Windshield and rear window washerfluid tank

Engine compartment overview�2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

391


1. Fuse blocks

2. Engine coolant reservoir

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Battery

6. Radiator

7. Condenser

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Engine oil level dipstick

10. Windshield and rear window washerfluid tank

�3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

392


Spare fuses

Fuse locations

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

393


If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This Section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do−it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 394 in this Section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe coolant reservoir cap or loosenthe drain plugs to prevent burningyourself.

� Do not leave anything that mayburn easily, such as paper or rags,in the engine compartment.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Be sure that the ignition is off ifyou work near the electric coolingfans or radiator grille. With theignition on, the electric cooling fanswill automatically start to run if theengine coolant temperature is highand/or the air conditioning is on.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

Do−it−yourself serviceprecautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

394


� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncable carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non−s ilicate,non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-rate coolant with long−life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-ant and 50% deionized water (forthe U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%deionized water (for Canada).

� If you spill some of the coolant, besure to wash it off with water toprevent it from damaging the partsor paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not reuse iridium−tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do−it−yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-lent

See page 398 in Section 7−2 for de-tails about engine oil selection.

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL


� “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-trite, and non−borate coolant with long−life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is amixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%coolant and 45% deionized water (forCanada).

Parts and tools

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

395


Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze(for winter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in“Replacing light bulbs” on page 416 inSection 7−3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

Front

Rear

Positioning the jack

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

396


When jacking up your vehicle with thejack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofdeath or serious injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”.Block the wheels on the oppositeside of the jack up point if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone; use vehicle support stands.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notplace any objects on top of or un-derneath the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,or your vehicle may be damaged.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

397


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 398. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 402. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 404. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 406. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 407. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 409. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

398


Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on level ground. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated as follows:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine1.1 L (1.2 qt., 1.0 lmp. qt.)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 lmp. qt.)

For the engine oil capacity, see “Servicespecifications” on page 423 in Section 8.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

399


ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade andviscosity.

Oil grade:ILSAC multigrade engine oil

Recommended viscosity:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineSAE 5W−20 or 0W−20

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20 engine oil may beused. However, SAE 0W−20 is the bestchoice for good fuel economy and goodstarting in cold weather.

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engineSAE 5W−30

Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE10W−30 may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

Oil identification mark

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is added to some oil con-tainers to help you select the oil youshould use.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

400


To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on thereservoir. If the level is low, add thecoolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is below the “LOW” line, add cool-ant. Bring the level between the “FULL”and “LOW” lines.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, coolant reservoir cap anddrain cock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.




NOTICE


Checking the engine coolantlevel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

401


Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Checking the radiator andcondenser Checking brake fluid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

402


Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wipe it off to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paintwork.

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on page 422 and 427. Theyare also on the tire and loading infor-mation label.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or at leastonce a month. And do not forget thespare!

Checking tire inflationpressure

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

403


The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:� The pressure s hould be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

� Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

� Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. Passenger and lug-gage weight should be located sothat the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,insert the compressed air from thevalve. In case of applying toomuch air, press the center of thevalve and release the air to adjust.

5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soapy water to thevalve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are not avail-able, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-hicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

404


CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure ( underinfla-tion)—� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� Poor handling� Possibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire� Poor sealing of the tire bead� Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—� Poor handling� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� A greater possibility of tire


Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for treadwear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of tread wear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “ ∆” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

Checking and replacing tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

405


The tires on your Toyota have built−intread wear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wears to1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-tors will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep e nough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be repl aced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do notcontinue driving. Driving even a shortdistance can damage a tire beyondrepair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater maximumload as the originally installedtires. Also, on four−wheel drivemodels, all the tires must be thesame brand and have the sametread patterns.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever is greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

406


For details about the side wall of thetire and the Certification Label, seepages 319 and 322.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.� Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction ortread patterns, as this maycause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting inloss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both of the front or reartires be replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” on page355 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be repl acedwith a new one.

With a spare tire of the samewheel type as the installed tires

Rotating tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

407


With a spare tire of differentwheel type from the installedtires

To equalize tire wear and help ex-tend tire life, Toyota recommendsthat you rotate your tires accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.(For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.)However, the most appropriate tim-ing for tire rotation may vary ac-cording to your driving habits androad surface conditions.See “If you have a flat tire” on page355 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.Also, on four−wheel drive models, allthe tires must be the same brand andhave the same tread patterns.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

� Do not use snow tires other thanthe manufacturer’s recommended si-ze, as this may cause dangeroushandling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

Installing snow tires andchains

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

408


� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use snow tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction or treadpatterns, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristics result-ing in loss of control.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires, which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

Side chain

Cross chain

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

For 215/70R16, 225/65R17 and 235/55R18tires, use the following type chains.

mm (in.)A Diameter of side chain 3 (0.12)B Width of side chain 10 (0.39)C Length of side chain 30 (1.18)D Diameter of cross chain 4 (0.16)E Width of cross chain 14 (0.55)F Length of cross chain 25 (0.98)

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check local reg-ulations before installing chains.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

409


CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

CAUTION


� Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size,as this may cause dangerous han-dling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use wheels of differentbrands, sizes and types, as thismay cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol.

Replacing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

410


� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

397


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 398. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 402. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 404. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 406. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 407. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 409. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

398


Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a correct reading, the vehicleshould be on level ground. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop engine oil onthe vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed toraise the level between low and full on thedipstick is indicated as follows:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine1.1 L (1.2 qt., 1.0 lmp. qt.)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 lmp. qt.)

For the engine oil capacity, see “Servicespecifications” on page 423 in Section 8.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand−tight.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to spill engine oil onthe vehicle components.

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

Checking the engine oil level

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

399


ENGINE OIL SELECTION



Recommended viscosity:


Outside temperature

SAE 5W−20 or 0W−20 engine oil may beused. However, SAE 0W−20 is the bestchoice for good fuel economy and goodstarting in cold weather.


Outside temperature

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W−30 is not available, SAE10W−30 may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W−30 atthe next oil change.

Oil identification mark

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is added to some oil con-tainers to help you select the oil youshould use.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

400


To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-mance for your engine, “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil” is available, which has beenspecifically tested and approved for allToyota engines.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details about “Toyota Genuine MotorOil”.

Look at the see−through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on thereservoir. If the level is low, add thecoolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is below the “LOW” line, add cool-ant. Bring the level between the “FULL”and “LOW” lines.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, coolant reservoir cap anddrain cock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.




NOTICE


Checking the engine coolantlevel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

401


Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant”, which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long−life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.


If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see−through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Checking the radiator andcondenser Checking brake fluid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

402


Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm yourhands or eyes. If fluid gets on yourhands or in your eyes, flush the af-fected area with clean water immedi-ately. If you still feel uncomfortablewith your hands or eyes, go to thedoctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wipe it off to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paintwork.

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on page 422 and 427. Theyare also on the tire and loading infor-mation label.You should check the tire inflationpressure every two weeks, or at leastonce a month. And do not forget thespare!

Checking tire inflationpressure

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

403


The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:� The pressure s hould be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

� Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

� Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. Passenger and lug-gage weight should be located sothat the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using the grad-

uations of the gauge.4. In case the tire inflation pressure

is not within the prescribed range,insert the compressed air from thevalve. In case of applying toomuch air, press the center of thevalve and release the air to adjust.

5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soapy water to thevalve and check for leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If a gauge and air pump are not avail-able, have your vehicle checked byyour Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-hicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

404


CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure ( underinfla-tion)—� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� Poor handling� Possibility of blowouts from an

overheated tire� Poor sealing of the tire bead� Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation� A greater possibility of tire


High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—� Poor handling� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� A greater possibility of tire


Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire’s tread for treadwear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of tread wear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “ ∆” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

Checking and replacing tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

405


The tires on your Toyota have built−intread wear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wears to1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-tors will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep e nough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be repl aced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

If air loss occurs while driving, do notcontinue driving. Driving even a shortdistance can damage a tire beyondrepair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater maximumload as the originally installedtires. Also, on four−wheel drivemodels, all the tires must be thesame brand and have the sametread patterns.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever is greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

406


For details about the side wall of thetire and the Certification Label, seepages 319 and 322.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.� Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias−ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction ortread patterns, as this maycause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting inloss of control.

Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both of the front or reartires be replaced at a time as a set.See “If you have a flat tire” on page355 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be repl acedwith a new one.

With a spare tire of the samewheel type as the installed tires

Rotating tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

407


With a spare tire of differentwheel type from the installedtires

To equalize tire wear and help ex-tend tire life, Toyota recommendsthat you rotate your tires accord-ing to the maintenance schedule.(For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.)However, the most appropriate tim-ing for tire rotation may vary ac-cording to your driving habits androad surface conditions.See “If you have a flat tire” on page355 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.Also, on four−wheel drive models, allthe tires must be the same brand andhave the same tread patterns.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION


� Do not use snow tires other thanthe manufacturer’s recommended si-ze, as this may cause dangeroushandling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

Installing snow tires andchains

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

408


� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use snow tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction or treadpatterns, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristics result-ing in loss of control.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires, which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

Side chain

Cross chain

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

For 215/70R16, 225/65R17 and 235/55R18tires, use the following type chains.

mm (in.)A Diameter of side chain 3 (0.12)B Width of side chain 10 (0.39)C Length of side chain 30 (1.18)D Diameter of cross chain 4 (0.16)E Width of cross chain 14 (0.55)F Length of cross chain 25 (0.98)

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check local reg-ulations before installing chains.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

409


CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

CAUTION


� Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size,as this may cause dangerous han-dling characteristics resulting inloss of control.

� Four−wheel drive models:Do not use wheels of differentbrands, sizes and types, as thismay cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol.

Replacing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

410


� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

411


DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 412. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7− 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

412


CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.

Terminals Ground cable

Hold−down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

413


Before replacing the battery, remove thecover as shown.

Removing clip

Installing clip

NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“−” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

If the battery is disconnected or rundown, You should normalize the powerwindow and moon roof may not operatecorrectly after you reconnect, replace orrecharge the battery. In any of thesecases, you should normalize each system.To normalize them, see “Power windows”on page 24 and “Electric moon roof” onpage 30 in Section 1−2.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

414


Type A

Green DarkClear orlight yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

Good Blown

Type A

Good Blown

Type B

—Checking battery c ondition Battery recharging pr ecautions Checking and replacing fuses

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

415


Good Blown

Type CIf the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 392 in Sec-tion 7−1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull the suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 428 in Section 8 for the functionscontrolled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by usingthe pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “RADNO.1” or “CIG” fuse, which may be dis-pensable for normal driving, and use it ifits amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeto the rating as possible. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

416


If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

You should normalize the power windowand moon roof may not operate correctlyafter replacing blown fuses. To normalizethe power window and moon roof, see“Power windows” on page 24 and “Electricmoon roof” on page 30 in Section 1−2.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or wind-shield washer fluid level warning lightcomes on, the washer tank may beempty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below the freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

The stop/tail lights and high mounted stop-light consist of a number of LEDs. If anyof the LEDs burn out, take your vehicleto your Toyota dealer to have the lightreplaced.

If two or more LEDs in a stop/tail lightburn out, your vehicle may not conform tolocal laws (SAE).

CAUTION

� To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

417


NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogs up in the rain. However, ifthere is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights (high) 9005 60 A

Headlights (low) 9006 51 B

Front turn signal,parking and frontside marker lights

7443 21/5 C

Front fog lights — 55 D

Rear turn signallights

7440 21 E

Back−up lights 921 16 C

Rear side markerlights

— 5 C

License plate light 168 5 C

Interior light — 8 F

Front personallights

— 8 C

Vanity lights — 8 C

Luggagecompartment light

— 5 E

A: HB3 halogen bulbsB: HB4 halogen bulbsC: Wedge base bulbs (clear)D: H11 halogen bulbsE: Wedge base bulbs (amber)F: Double end bulbs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

418


Low beam(outside)

High beam (inside)

1. Open the hood. Turn the bulb basecounterclockwise to the front of thevehicle as shown.

The above illustration shows the left−handheadlight.

2. Unplug the connector while depress-ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Pulg in a new bulb into the connec-tor and install it into the mountinghole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

419


If either the left or right front fog lightburns out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front foglight bulbs by yourself. You may dam-age the vehicle.

—Front turn signal, parkingand front side marker lights —Front fog lights

—Rear turn signal, rear sidemarker and back−up lights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0608)

420


a: Rear side marker light b: Rear turn signal light c: Back−up light

Use a flathead screwdriver.

—License plate light

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

421


SPECIFICATIONSSpecificationsDimensions and weights 422. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 423. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 423. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service specifications 423. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires 427. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 428. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

422


∗1: 215/70R16 tires∗2: 225/65R17 tires∗3: 235/55R18 tires∗4: With spare tire cover∗5: With over fender∗6: Unladen vehicle∗7: With third seat∗8: With roof rails∗9: 2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine∗10: 3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine∗11: Without towing package∗12: With towing package

Dimensions and weights

Overall length mm (in.)

Overall width mm (in.)

Overall height∗6 mm (in.)

Wheelbase mm (in.)

Front tread mm (in.)

Rear tread mm (in.)

Vehicle capacity weight(occupants + luggage) kg (lb.)

1685 (66.3)1690 (66.5)∗7

1745 (68.7)∗8

1755 (69.1)∗7, 8

4570 (179.9)∗1

4575 (180.1)∗2

4580 (180.3)∗3

4600 (181.1)∗4

1815 (71.5)1855 (73.0)∗5

2660 (104.7)

1560 (61.4)

1560 (61.4)

375 (825)525 (1155)∗7

Towing capacity(trailer weight + cargo weight) kg (lb.)

680 (1500)∗9

907 (2000)∗10, 11

1588 (3500)∗10, 12

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

423


Model:2AZ−FE and 2GR−FE

Type:2AZ−FE engine

4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline2GR−FE engine

6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):2AZ−FE engine

88.5 � 96.0 (3.48 � 3.78)2GR−FE engine

94.0 � 83.0 (3.70 � 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):2AZ−FE engine 2362 (144.1)2GR−FE engine 3456 (210.9)

Fuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):60 (15.9, 13.2)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine only

Intake 0.19—0.29 (0.007—0.011)Exhaust 0.38—0.48 (0.015—0.019)

Spark plug type:

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineDENSO SK20R11NGK IFR6A11

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engineDENSO FK20HR11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):1.1 (0.043)

NOTICE

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine—Use onlyabove spark plugs. Do not adjustgaps for engine performance orsmooth driveab ility.

Engine Fuel Service specifications

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

424


ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill),L (qt., Imp. qt.):

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineWith filter 4.3 (4.5, 3.8)Without filter 4.1 (4.3, 3.6)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engineWith filter 6.1 (6.4, 5.4)Without filter 5.7 (6.0, 5.0)



Recommended oil viscosity:


Outside temperature


Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

425


COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L(qt., lmp. qt.):2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engine

6.8 (7.2, 5.9)


8.9 (9.4, 7.8)With towing package

9.3 (9.8, 8.2)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isused in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical problems,only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyleneglycol based non−silicate, non−amine,non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant withlong−life hybrid organic acid technology.(Coolant with long−life hybrid organicacid technology is a combination of lowphosphates and organic acids.)



BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all the lightsturned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,Imp. qt.):

Up to 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)

Fluid type:Toyota Genuine ATF WS

Change automatic transmission fluid onlyas necessary.

Generally, it is necessary to changeautomatic transmission fluid only if yourvehicle is driven under one of the SpecialOperating Conditions listed in your“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Whenchanging the automatic transmission fluid,use only “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” (ATFJWS3324 or NWS9638) to aid in assuringoptimum transaxle performance.

Notice: Using automatic transmissionfluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATFWS” may cause deterioration in shiftquality, locking up of your transmissionaccompanied by vibration, and ultimate-ly damage the automatic transmissionof your vehicle.

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

TRANSFER(four−wheel drive models)

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):0.5 (0.5, 0.4)

Oil type:Hypoid gear oil API GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:Above −18�C (0�F)

SAE 85W−90Below −18�C (0�F)

SAE 80W−90

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

426


REAR DIFFERENTIAL(four−wheel drive models)

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):0.5 (0.5, 0.4)

Oil type:Hypoid gear oil API GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:Above −18�C (0�F)

SAE 85W−90Below −18�C (0�F)

SAE 80W−90

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

2.4 L 4−cylinder (2AZ−FE) engineWithout third seat 95 (3.7)With third seat 120 (4.7)

3.5 L V6 (2GR−FE) engine 120 (4.7)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when pulled withthe force of 200 N (21 kgf, 45 lbf):

7—9 clicks

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

427


Tire size, cold tire inflation pressure and wheel size:

Tire sizeCold tire inflation pressurekPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Wheel sizeTire size

Front Rear SpareWheel size

215/70R16 99H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 16 � 6 1/2J

225/65R17 101H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 17 � 6 1/2J∗1

17 � 7J∗2

235/55R18 99H 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32) 18 � 7 1/2J∗1: Steel wheels∗2: Aluminum wheelsWheel nut torque, N ·m (kgf ·m, ft ·lbf):103 (10.5, 76)NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-

sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages 402 through 410 in Section 7−2.

Tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

428


ENGINE COMPARTMENT (No.1)

1. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse



4. ECU−B2 7.5 A: Air conditioning sys-tem, power windows

5. RSE 7.5 A: Rear seat entertainmentsystem

6. STR LOCK 20 A: No circuit

7. RAD NO.1 20 A: Audio system

8. ECU−B 10 A: Wireless remote controlsystem, electric power steering system,main body ECU, power door lock, frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem, clock, audio system, meters andgauges

9. DOME 10 A: Ignition switch light, inte-rior light, vanity lights, luggagecompartment light, front personal lights,foot lights

10. HEAD LH 10 A: Left−hand headlight(high beam)

11. HEAD RH 10 A: Right−hand headlight(high beam)

12. HEAD LL 10 A: Left−hand headlight(low beam)

13. HEAD RL 10 A: Right−hand headlight(low beam)

14. AC INV 15 A: AC inverter

15. TOWING 30 A: No circuit

16. STV HTR 25 A: No circuit

17. DEICER 20 A: Windshield wiper de−icer

18. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

19. PTC2 50 A: No circuit

20. PTC1 50 A: No circuit

21. HEAD MAIN 50 A: “HEAD LL”, “HEADRL”, “HEAD LH”, “HEAD RH” fuses

22. RDI 30 A (without towing package)or FAN2 50 A (with towing package):Electric cooling fan

23. CDS 30 A (without towing package)or FAN1 50 A (with towing package):Electric cooling fan

24. H−LP CLN 30 A: No circuit

Fuses

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

429


ENGINE COMPARTMENT (No.2)

1. AMP 30 A: Audio system

2. AM2 30 A: Starting system

3. IG2 15 A: Starting system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system

4. HAZ 10 A: Emergency flashers

5. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

6. AM2−2 7.5 A: No circuit

7. EFI NO.1 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

8. EFI NO.2 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

9. EFI MAIN 20 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system, “EFI NO.1”, “EFI NO.2”fuses

10. HORN 10 A: Horn

11. A/F 20 A (3.5 L V6 [2GR−FE] engineonly): A/F sensor

12. P/I 50 A: “EFI MAIN”, “HORN”, “A/F”fuses

13. ABS2 30 A: Anti−lock brake system,traction control system, vehicle stabilitycontrol system, “AUTO LSD” system,downhill assist control system, hill−startassist control system

14. ABS1 50 A: Anti−lock brake system,traction control system, vehicle stabilitycontrol system, “AUTO LSD” system,downhill assist control system, hill−startassist control system

15. EMPS 60 A: Electric power steeringsystem

16. MAIN 80 A: “HEAD MAIN”, “ECU−B2”,“RSE” fuses

17. ALT 120 A (without towing package)or 140 A (with towing package):“ABS 1”, “ABS 2”, “RDI”, “CDS”,“FAN1”, “FAN2”, “AC INV”, “TOWING”,“HTR”, “DEICER” fuses

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

430


INSTRUMENT PANEL

1. S−HTR 15 A: Seat heaters

2. WIP 25 A: Windshield wipers

3. RR WIP 15 A: Rear window wiper

4. WSH 15 A: Windshield washer, rearwindow washer

5. ECU−IG1 10 A: Electric cooling fan,anti−lock brake system, traction controlsystem, vehicle stability control system,“AUTO LSD” system, downhill assistcontrol system, hill−start assist controlsystem, active torque control 4WD sys-tem, tire pressure monitor system, au-tomatic transmission shift lock system,air conditioning system, main bodyECU, electric moon roof, stop/taillights, windshield wiper de−icer, electricpower steering system, clock, AC in-verter

6. ECU−IG2 10 A: Air conditioning sys-tem, rear window defogger

7. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-tem

8. STOP 10 A: Stop/tail lights, highmounted stoplight, automatic transmis-sion shift lock system, multiport fuelinjection system/sequential multiportfuel injection system, anti−lock brakesystem, traction control system, vehiclestability control system, “AUTO LSD”system, downhill assist control system,hill−start assist control system

9. DOOR 25 A: Main body ECU, powerdoor lock system

10. ACC−B 25 A: “ACC”, “CIG” fuses

11. 4WD 7.5 A: Active torque control 4WDsystem

12. FR FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

13. AM1 7.5 A: Starting system

14. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, parking lights,license plate light, front fog lights, rearside marker lights

15. PANEL 7.5 A: Clock, instrument panellights, audio system

16. GAUGE1 10 A: Buck−up lights, charg-ing system

17. D FR DOOR 20 A: Power window(front doors)

18. RL DOOR 20 A: Power window (rearleft door)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

431


19. RR DOOR 20 A: Power window (rearright door)

20. S/ROOF 25 A: Electric moon roof

21. CIG 15 A: No circuit

22. ACC 7.5 A: Audio system, power out-lets, power rear view mirror control,automatic transmission shift lock sys-tem, main body ECU, clock, rear seatentertainment system

23. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-ror heaters

24. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets

25. RR FOG 10 A: No circuit

26. IGN 7.5 A: SRS airbag system, multi-port fuel injection system/sequentialmultiport fuel injection system, frontpassenger occupant classification sys-tem, starting system

27. GAUGE2 7.5 A: Meters and gauges

28. DEF 30 A: Rear window defogger,“MIR HTR” fuse

29. P/SEAT 30 A: Power seat

30. POWER 30 A: Power windows

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

432


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

iii


Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time toread Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receive themaximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems thisvehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual isthe most important Section for you and your family toread.

Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards youshould be aware of. These systems work together alongwith the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provideoccupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect ofeach system is enhanced when it is used properly andtogether with other systems. No single occupant restraintsystem can, by itself, provide you or your family with theequal level of restraint which these systems can providewhen used together. That is why it is important for you andyour family to understand the purpose and proper use ofeach of these systems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in theevent of collision. However, the more you know aboutthese systems and how to use them properly, the greateryour chances become of surviving an accident withoutdeath or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants ofthe vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wearseat belts properly at all times. Children should always besecured in child restraint systems that are appropriate fortheir age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutesfor them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducingthe risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact ofthe head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

iv


In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy withtremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sourcesof death or serious injury if an occupant is too close to anairbag, or if an object or some part of his or her body hasbeen placed between the occupant and the airbag at thetime of deployment. This is just one example of how theinstructions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will helpensure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, andincrease the safety they can provide to you and your fami-ly in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your timeof ownership of this vehicle.

Event data recorder

Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control cer-tain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist indriving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Be-sides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is asystem to record data in a crash or a near car crashevent. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).

The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In acrash or a near car crash event, this device may recordsome or all of the following information:

� Engine speed

� Whether the brake pedal was applied or not

� Vehicle speed

� To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

� Position of the transmission selector lever

� Whether the driver and front passenger wore the seatbelts or not

� Driver’s seat position

� Front passenger’s occupant classification

� SRS airbag deployment data

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

v


� SRS airbag system diagnostic data

If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control(VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may con-tain another EDR. There are a variety of driving situationswhich include activating the VSC under which the VSCEDR will record certain information. The VSC EDR mayrecord some or all of the following information:

� Behavior of the vehicle

� Steering wheel angle

� Vehicle speed

� To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed

� To what extent the brake pedal was applied

� To what extent the ECU controlled the condition ofthe 4 wheels

� Vehicle stability control system diagnostic data

The information above is intended to be used for thepurpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlikegeneral data recorders, the EDR does not record sounddata such as conversation between passengers.

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to athird party except when:

� An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained

� Officially requested by the police or other authorities

� Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit

� Ordered by the court

However, if necessary Toyota will:

� Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safetyperformance

� Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-poses without disclosing details of the vehicle owner,and only when it is deemed necessary

� Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-cation information to a non−Toyota organization forresearch purposes

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

vi


New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Important health and safetyinformation about your Toyota

CAUTION

� WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-nents contain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer and birth de-fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles aswell as waste produced by component wear con-tain or emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm.

� Battery posts, terminals and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds. Wash yourhands after handling. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancer in laboratoryanimals. Always protect your skin by washing

thoroughly with soap and water.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

vii


Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuineToyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing EquipmentStandard.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

viii


Installation of a mobiletwo−way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such as fol-lows, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precau-tionary measures or special instructions regarding installa-tion.

� Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system

� SRS airbag system

� Seat belt pretensioner system

� Active torque control 4WD system






� Tire pressure warning system

� Cruise control system


� Electronic throttle control system

Tires and loading on yourToyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and theexcess load may result in the deterioration ofsteering ability and braking ability, leading to anaccident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-cally and be sure to keep the load limits given inthis Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflationpressure and load limits, see pages 402 and 330.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

ix


Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

Leak detection pump

This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. Thischeck is done approximately five hours after the engine isturned off. So you may hear sound coming from under thefloor around the driver’s seat for several minutes. It doesnot indicate a malfunction.

On−pavement and off−roaddriving tips

This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class. Utilityvehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles. This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passenger car because it isdesigned for off−road use also. In addition, this vehiclehas a higher ground clearance and center of gravity thanthat of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle designfeature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely torollover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causingdeath or serious injury. Be sure to read “Utility vehicleprecautions” on page 306 in Section 2 and “Off−roaddriving precautions” on page 339 in Section 3.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)

x


Perchlorate Material

Special handling may apply,See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate.These components may include airbag, seat belt preten-sioners, and wireless remote control batteries.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

’07 Rav4_U (L/O 0701)


Publication No. OM42662UPart No. 01999-42662Printed in Japan 01-0701-00 I

( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 127. . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 350. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 353. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 354. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 355. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 367. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break−in period 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 385. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher

See page 307 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 60 L (15.9 gal., 13.2 Imp. gal.)

Engine oil: ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 399 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 402 through 410.

Tire inflation pressure: See page 427.

U−8

toyota rav4 owners manual 2007

Documents